Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

44th Annual Convention; San Diego, CA; 2018

Program by Continuing Education Events: Saturday, May 26, 2018


 

Special Event #13
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony
Saturday, May 26, 2018
8:00 AM–9:20 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-13
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech)
CE Instructor: Marcus Jackson Marr, Ph.D.
 

Humanitarian Award: The Power of Two: Families and Professionals Working as Partners for Children With Autism to Become Independent, Productive, and Happy

Abstract:

One key to the success of our students at the Centro Ann Sullivan in Peru- CASP is what we call the "Power of Two," where families and professionals work as a team. Dr. Mayo founded The School of Families of CASP 39 years ago with just 8 students and their families and now educates more than 450 families each year. At CASP, families are partners in the education of their children. Together with CASP professionals, they work as a team to provide the most comprehensive education for the students. CASP families receive a total of 171 hours of training annually, through group and individual sessions. Each family receives an Individual Educational Plan (IEP), updated annually, that outlines the skills they need to learn to be the best parents and teachers for their child. These skills are then taught in the classroom, in the community, and five times a year individual family training occurs in the home of the student. CASP believes the whole family is important to the success of the student and as such, twice a year more than 400 siblings of our students attend training to learn skills for how to be a sibling and also a teacher. As a result of many years of continuous training, some CASP families are now creating a multiplicative effect by training other families across Peru through the Mother-to-Mother Program and internationally through long distance education.

 
LILIANA MAYO (Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru)
 
Dr. Liliana Mayo received her doctoral training in the Department of Applied Behavior Science at the University of Kansas. She is the founder and executive director of Centro Ann Sullivan del Peru (CASP), in Lima, Peru, which serves more than 400 students with different abilities (especially those with the most severe limitations) and their families. Dr. Mayo is a professor of special education at the Universidad Peruana Cayetano Heredia and the Universidad Catolica, in Peru, and an Adjunct Faculty Member in the Department of Applied Behavior Sciences at the University of Kansas. Also she is a member of the National Council of Education in Peru. She is the representative of CASP in the formal cooperative agreement between CASP and the Schiefelbusch Institute for Research in Life Span Studies at the University of Kansas, in the United States. Dr. Mayo has received numerous awards and recognitions due to her contributions to the development of successful practices that promote progress and full inclusion of people with different abilities in society through the high participation of parents in the School of Families, and the implementation of effective educational programs following a Functional Natural Curriculum. Among them are the Queen Sofia of Spain 1999, Award for Rehabilitation and Integration, the International Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis award in 2000, the Peruvian Government that is the Order 'El Sol del Peru' in the Commander Grade in 2007. She was honored by the government of Panama with the Order 'Maria Ossa de Amador' in the Grade of Grand Medal in 2012 and for the government of Domenican Republic, with 'Christopher Columbus' Heraldic Order' in 2014.
 

Scientific Translation: Lost in Translation

Abstract:

Behavior analysis has been a translational science almost from the beginning. Even as Skinner warned against the mistake of allowing issues of application to affect the development of a science in its early stages (in Behavior of Organisms, 1938), he was already at work extending to human behavior the principles he had discovered with rats. This work would eventually appear in Science and Human Behavior (1953), Verbal Behavior (1957), and a series of papers on ways to increase the effectiveness of instruction (starting in 1954). At a more practical level, he invented the "air crib" to simplify infant care, a missile guidance system based on the visual acuity of pigeons, and a machine to promote student learning. Because translation is so deeply embedded in the behavior analytic Zeitgeist, it is easy to lose sight of it. In this brief talk, I will outline the development of behavior analysis as a translational science and describe some contemporary examples.

 
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
 
Michael Perone earned his Ph.D. in 1981 at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. He was an assistant professor at the University of North Carolina at Wilmington before joining the faculty at West Virginia University in 1984, where he is a professor of psychology and an associate dean. Much of his current research is concerned with developing laboratory models of behavioral processes involved in problem behavior such as failures of self-control. He has served the field of behavior analysis as an associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and as President of ABAI. He currently serves as Coordinator of the ABAI Accreditation Board.
 

International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Carrying Science and Practice in the Suitcase

Abstract:

Under the leadership of its Executive Council, ABAI has been crossing geographical borders for more than four decades, disseminating behavior analysis globally. I have had the honor to be part of this dissemination, inspired by the belief that we can change lives all around the world. Although this award is for people or organizations demonstrating significant and sustained contributions to the dissemination/development of behavior analysis outside the United States, behavior analysts in the United States have long been role models for me; I have huge gratitude for these pioneers. Awareness of ABAI and of leading behavior analysts in the United States started early in my career: in 1982 I went to Harvard to meet B. F. Skinner, and in 1990 I was already a contact person in Brazil for ABAI. Brazilian professors in behavior analysis shaped my interest in international development, and Brazil now has one of the largest communities of behavior analysts. One of the ingredients of our success was the constant presence of model scientists and practitioners; North American behavior analysts were invited to visit our country to help build the field there. Fred Keller was the first, and we also benefited from the visiting professorships of such luminaries as Murray Sidman and Charles Catania all of whom made it clear that without science there could be no solid progress in our field; and without practice, no future. With these two elements in mind, we went abroad to convince people of the real importance of behavior analysis.

 
MARTHA COSTA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo)
 
Dr. Hubner is a professor of experimental psychology at the Institute of Psychology, University of São Paulo, and was coordinator of the graduate program in the experimental department from 2004 to 2010. She is also past president of the Brazilian Association of Psychology and of the Brazilian Association of Behavioral Medicine and Psychology. She conducts research at the Laboratory for the Study of Verbal Operants involving managing processes in the acquisition of symbolic behaviors such as reading, writing, and verbal episodes. She is currently immersed in three areas of research: investigating the empirical relations between verbal and nonverbal behavior, analyzing the processes of control by minimal units in reading, and studying verbal behavior programs for children with autism spectrum disorders.
 

Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: Behavior Analysis in Brasilia

Abstract:

The Graduate Program in Behavioral Sciences (Programa de Pos-Graduacao em Ciencias do Comportamento, PPG-CdC,) of the University of Brasilia (UnB), Brazil awards both Masters and Ph.D. degrees. It has played a pivotal role in the establishment and development of behavior analysis as a science and as a profession in Brazil since 1964, then under the leadership of Fred S. Keller and Carolina M. Bori and the collaboration of Rodolpho Azzi, John Gilmour Sherman, Robert Berryman and James R. Nazzaro. Faculty members of the graduate program at UnB have a good record of publications in both national and international scientific journals in behavior analysis (including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis, the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis), further attesting to the enduring contributions of the graduate program to the development of behavior analysis.

 
JOSELE ABREU RODRIGUES (Universidade de Brasilia), Carlos Cancado (Universidade de Brasilia)
 
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define and give two original examples of POAMs who are also BCBAs and be able to define BCBA; (2) understand the bidirectional nature of translational science; (3) understand Skinner's influence in establishing behavior analysis as a translational science; (4) identify and describe the importance of science and practice and the United States to the international development of behavior analysis; (5) describe the Principle 70/30 of CASP of Families participation; (6) know the number of hours of training each family receives in CASP; (6) summarize the history of behavior analysis at the University of Brasilia, from the beginnings of the graduate program to current days; (7) describe the main research areas and contributions of UnB faculty and students to the experimental, applied, and conceptual behavior analysis.
 
 
 
Symposium #15
CE Offered: BACB
Repetitive Behavior in ASD: Current Trends in Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Amarie Carnett, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Rigid and repetitive patterns and/or interests (RRBIs) are a core feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In comparison to social-communication interventions for children with ASD, surprising little is known about the effectiveness, implementation, and current practices being delivered RRBIs. Several analytic practices show a strong evidence-base or promise in reducing RRBIs or other co-occurring maladaptive behaviors (National Autism Center, 2015). There are several areas of imperative inquiry. In this symposium, two studies will be presented. The first study will present data from an online survey of practices implemented by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) for children (birth to age 8) across a variety of sub-topographies of repetitive behavior (e.g., stereotypy, insistence on sameness). The second study will present findings for a meta-analysis on interventions for vocal stereotypy with a focus on the implications of measurement differences. Discussed will be gaps in extant literature and implications of findings for science and practice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): repetitive behavior, rigid behavior, stereotypy, vocal stereotypy
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation are researchers and practitioners who work with individuals with autism who engage in rigid and/or repetitive patterns of behavior and/or interests.

 

Early Interventions for Repetitive Behavior in Autism: An Online Survey of Practices by Behavior Analysts

SARAH GRACE HANSEN (Georgia State University), Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Laura Lee McIntyre (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The evidence base of interventions to treat rigid and repetitive patterns of behavior and/or interests (RRBIs) in young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is growing. Some researchers have asserted that some repetitive behavior can actually be adaptive for infants and young children and are present in typical development. However, as RRBIs are a core feature of ASD, the reduction of these behavioral topographies is often targeted in clinical practice. Yet, surprisingly little is known about what practices are actually being implemented in the field. An online survey was distributed to Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) who indicated that they worked with young children with ASD. A total of 128 BCBAs submitted complete entires. Survey items included BCBAs frequency of use of 15 practices including: antecedent-based embedded perseverative interests, consequence-based embedded perseverative interests, differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI), differential reinforcement of other or zero rates of behavior (DRO), differential reinforcement of variable behavior (DRV), environmental enrichment, functional communication training (FCT), noncontingent or time based schedules of reinforcement, overcorrection, physical exercise, response blocking, response cost, response interruption redirection (RIRD), sensory extinction, skill enrichment, visual and/or cues and 1 assessment (functional analysis). Additionally, we collected data on age ranges (i.e., birth to three year olds, three to five year olds, and five to eight year olds) with which BCBAs implemented or supervised implementation of each intervention and their perceptions of the effectiveness of each intervention. Finally, we collected a variety of demographic data. Preliminary analyses revealed that the most common practices implemented were: environmental enrichment, skill enrichment, visual and/or verbal cues, FCT, and RIRD. The interventions implemented the least were response cost, overcorrection, sensory extinction, and DRV. The interventions BCBAs rated the most effective were FCT, DRI, RIRD, and consequence-based embedded perseverative interests. The interventions that were rated the least effective were DRV, response cost, overcorrection, and physical exercise. Correlates to usage and perceptions of effectiveness including educational background, training, practice setting, and clientele will be discussed, as well as implications for future research and practice.

 

A Meta-Analysis of Automatically-Maintained Vocal Stereotypy in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

THEONI MANTZOROS (Pennsylvania State University), Ashley McCoy (Pennsylvania State University), David L. Lee (Pennsylvania State University)
Abstract:

Vocal stereotypy (VS) is a behavior of concern for many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Engagement in VS can be detrimental in that it may be stigmatizing in social settings and interfere with performance on academic and vocational tasks. A first step in treating VS is to determine function through a functional analysis or functional behavior assessment. Interventions can then be developed based on the specific function of the VS. Twenty-seven studies were identified incorporating 78 participants diagnosed with ASD who engaged in automatically-maintained VS. In this presentation the effects of the available treatments for automatically-reinforced VS will be discussed. Interventions include matched stimulation, differential reinforcement, response interruption and redirection (RIRD), and other punishment procedures. Preliminary analyses indicate that there are multiple interventions in the literature which are effective in decreasing automatically-reinforced VS, with Tau-U values suggesting treatment effects in the medium to large range. Results of RIRD were further assessed based on the data collection methodology utilized in individual studies which included whole session and interrupted session data collection. A limitation of the extant literature is the degree to which the groups vary within each intervention, as well as the limited number of participants per treatment. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #16
CE Offered: BACB
Beliefs, Deception, and RFT, Oh My! Teaching Complex Verbal Behavior to Children With and Without Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: M. Fernanda Welsh (The ABRITE Organization)
CE Instructor: M. Fernanda Welsh, M.S.
Abstract:

There are many empirically supported procedures for teaching early verbal behavior to individuals. As the verbal behavior repertoire grows, so does the complexity of targets and teaching procedures. This symposium will present research evaluating assessment and interventions for complex verbal behavior in children with and without autism. The first paper will present a study investigating procedures using multiple exemplar training to teach children with autism to identify the false beliefs of others. The second paper will present data on using multiple exemplar training to teach typically developing children to understand the double meaning of jokes. The final paper will present a review and critical analysis of research on the PEAK Assessment and Curriculum.

Keyword(s): complex skills, perspective taking, RFT, ToM
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Identify False Beliefs of Others

AZIZULL KAUR DHADWAL (Pepperdine University; Autism Behavior Intervention), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder have deficits in perspective taking abilities required to identify false beliefs of others (Baron-Cohen, Leslie & Frith, 1985). Research has demonstrated that children with autism can be taught to recognize the false beliefs of others using video modeling (e.g., Charlop-Christy & Daneshvar, 2003; LeBlanc & Coates, 2003). The current study extends behavioral research by teaching children with autism to identify false beliefs using a treatment package conducted in the natural environment with live people. Using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design, this study evaluates the use of multiple exemplar training, prompting, and reinforcement to train identification of false beliefs in two tasks. Thus far, the data from participant one demonstrates that the treatment package was effective in teaching him to identify false beliefs across two false belief tasks (an appearance-reality task and unexpected transfer task). Generalization across people and untrained stimuli was observed. Furthermore, the participant improved from baseline to posttreatment on correct responding to the classic false-belief task known as the Sally-Anne task, which was never trained. Data are currently being collected with two additional participants.

 

VB, RFT, and LOL: A Behavior Analytic Approach to Teaching Humor Comprehension

ROCIO NUNEZ (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

The understanding of complex forms of verbal behavior, specifically jokes with double meanings, is a skill that has been suggested to emerge in typically developing children between the ages of 7 and 11 years. Given that humor has been documented to be an important element in social interactions, it would be beneficial to identify the specific skills necessary to establish the speaker and listener repertoire of humor in order to remediate deficits in this area for specific clinical populations (e.g. autism spectrum disorders). The behavioral literature on this topic is somewhat limited but suggests that such skills are learned operants that can be taught through the use of systematic teaching procedures. As such, the current study employed multiple exemplar training and a three-step error correction procedure, implemented in a multiple-baseline across participants design, to teach typically developing children, between the ages of five and six years, to understand double-meaning jokes. All four participants demonstrated low levels of comprehension of double-meaning jokes in baseline and met mastery criterion for comprehension and appreciation measures in post-intervention. Post-probes and maintenance results were mixed with two participants requiring re-introduction of the intervention before meeting criteria on follow-up measures.

 
Moving Toward Relational Complexity: Review and Critical Analysis of PEAK Research
ALEXANDRIA EMILY LEIDT (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) was developed in 2014 to provide a curriculum based on the principles of behavior analysis to be used with individuals with autism or other developmental challenges. In this paper, we review and critically examine research on the PEAK curriculum from its beginnings in 2014 to the present. In addition, we analyze what potential limitations remain in the current status of research, as well as identify possible future directions for PEAK research. To date, most existing research compares the PEAK Relational Training System to other valid and reliable measures of learner ability, as well as evaluates how the PEAK system can be used to instruct daily skills, across a variety of domains. The presentation concludes with practical recommendations for practitioners.
 
 
Symposium #17
CE Offered: BACB
Assessment and Treatment of Elopement for Individuals With Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tasia Brafford (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Christina Fragale (The University of Texas; The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk)
CE Instructor: Christina Fragale, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Elopement is a common topography of challenging behavior among individuals with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities. Elopement can lead to exposure to dangerous situations, disrupt learning, limit access to residential services and community activities, and even lead to serious injury or death. A systematic literature search identified 18 studies published from 2009 to 2016 that evaluated interventions to decrease elopement. The studies were summarized in terms of (a) participant characteristics, (b) assessment procedures, (c) intervention procedures, (d) intervention results. Frequent interventions included functional communication training, differential reinforcement, and response blocking. Functional analyses were conducted for each participant with several methodological modifications to address difficulties associated with functional analysis of elopement. Functional analysis of elopement may be challenging as participant retrieval may be necessary for safety purposes, but could serve as a confounding variable providing attention across all conditions. Systematic replication of functional analysis procedures utilized by Lehardy et al. (2013) was implemented with a 5-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicated elopement was maintained by access to tangibles. Functional communication training resulted in markedly reduced instances of elopement, confirming the results of the functional analysis. Implications and recommendations for practice will be discussed and suggestions for future research will be offered.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): elopement, FCT, functional analysis
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts including clinicians, teachers, researchers, BCBAs, and BCaBAs.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state common interventions in research for elopement and the strengths and weaknesses of these approaches; (2) recognize functional analysis procedures that can be used to identify the function of elopement behavior; (3) identify areas in need of further research on the assessment and intervention of elopement.
 

Systematic Review of Assessment and Treatment of Elopement in Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disabilities

Buket Erturk (University of Oregon), NICOLE O'GUINN (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Elopement is commonly occurring topography of challenging behavior among individuals with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities. Elopement can disrupt learning, limit access to residential services, limit access to community activities, and in extreme cases lead to serious injury or death. A systematic literature search identified 18 studies published from 2009 to 2016 that evaluated interventions to decrease elopement. The studies were summarized in terms of (a) participant characteristics, (b) assessment procedures, (c) intervention procedures, (d) intervention results. Across the 18 studies, intervention was implemented across 27 participants with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental disabilities, ages four to 47 years. Functional analyses were conducted for each participant with several methodological modifications to address difficulties associated with functional analysis of elopement. The most frequent interventions included functional communication training, differential reinforcement, and response blocking. Implications for practice will be discussed and suggestions for future research will be offered.

 

Evaluation and Treatment of Elopement Among Children With Developmental Disabilities

Nicole O'Guinn (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), VIDA CANESTARO (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Elopement is a frequent problem among individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Elopement can lead to an individual being exposed to dangerous situations. Moreover, elopement can increase stress for caretakers. Functional analysis of elopement may be challenging due to the fact that participant retrieval may be necessary for safety purposes, but could serve as a confounding variable providing attention across all conditions. A review of the literature revealed a variety of functional analysis methodologies to address these difficulties associated with functional analysis of elopement. The current study is a systematic replication of functional analysis procedures utilized by Lehardy et al. (2013). This functional analysis methodology was implemented with a 5-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicated elopement was maintained by access to tangibles. Functional communication training resulted in markedly reduced instances of elopement, thus confirming the results of the functional analysis. The results of this study, recommendations for practice, and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #18
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Skinner's Operationalism, Selectionism, Loving Infinitely, and Building the Deepest Connection With Others in ABA Practice and ACT

Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology)
Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D., BCBA-D is a professor at Florida Institute of Technology. He graduated from the University of Nevada, Reno under the mentorship of W. Larry Williams and Steven C. Hayes. Over the last decade, Dr. Szabo has sought to develop iterations of acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) suitable to the needs of ABA practitioners and within their specialized scope of practice. He has offered ACT training to parents, children, senior executives and frontline staff, and couples learning effective partner skills. With his students, Dr. Szabo is currently investigating behavioral flexibility training and a variety of applied-RFT strategies to promote learning and improved performance. Dr. Szabo is also the second chair of an international non-governmental organization, Commit & Act, which teaches women, children, and couples in Sierra Leone behavior-based strategies for partnership and empowerment.
Abstract:

In "The Operational Analysis of Psychological Terms," Skinner proposed that the science of behavior needs a contingency analysis of the contexts in which scientists use terms. A term is valid only when it increases the scientist's capacity for prediction and influence, and not merely when it produces socially mediated reinforcers such as the approval and agreement of other scientists. Years later, Skinner continued to evolve contingency analysis in terms of Darwinian theory, which involves variation, selection, and retention. In this talk, I will argue that the pragmatic aims of ABA hinge upon these two conceptual advances and that Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) offers practitioners a way to harness Skinner's conceptual horsepower in service of helping others. In the ACT approach, ABA workers start where folks are at and talk with them about what they value most. About love. Family. Pain. Laughter. Building this kind of connection with stakeholders in ABA is neither unprofessional, nor is using common sense language an invitation to mentalism. It is the catwalk from unworkable essentialism to pragmatic contextualism. In this talk, I will bridge the conceptual with the pragmatic by sharing single case design data from our work with parents and children.

Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, and others interested in bridging theory and practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify four arguments in Skinner (1945); (2) identify the main tenets of Skinner (1981); (3) examine a behavioral analysis of love and family connection; (4) evaluate the ACT approach to generating flexible patterns of behavior in challenging human contexts; (5) examine single case design data from two ACT ABA studies.
 
 
Symposium #26
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Unique Referral Concerns: Assessment and Treatment of Idiosyncratic Target Behaviors in Outpatient Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Psy.D.
Abstract:

The functional analysis provides a means for practitioners to identify the variables maintaining destructive behaviors and, in turn, develop function-based intervention. The current symposium outlines three studies which employed functional analysis to assess and inform function-based treatment of idiosyncratic presenting concerns. First, Simmons, Akers, and Fisher conducted a functional analysis of covert food stealing for a 6-year-old neurotypical individual. The results of the functional analysis informed the application of a function-based intervention and multiple schedule to signal availability and nonavailability of food items. Similarly, Stuesser and Roscoe provided a novel extension of assessment and treatment methods. Authors evaluated medical nonadherence and problem behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Functional analysis results informed a differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) treatment alone and in combination with stimulus fading to increase adherence and decrease problem behavior. Last, DeLisle and Thomason-Sassi extended the use of denial-and-delay tolerance training (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) for two individuals diagnosed with autism to automatically-maintained problem behavior. During this evaluation the authors taught the individuals to request permission to engage in the targeted behavior, and to refrain from behavior outside the permitted times. Finally, denial training, delay training, and fading therapist proximity were completed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): denial-delay training, function-based treatment, functional analysis
Target Audience:

Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe assessment and treatment pertaining to covert behaviors. 2. Participants will be able to operationally define and describe implementation of DRA and stimulus fading. 3. Participants will be able to describe delay-denial tolerance procedures.
 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Covert Food Stealing in an Outpatient Setting
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Rowan University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Covert food stealing is a serious problem behavior that can pose a health risk to the individual and can be extremely disruptive for caregivers. Previous research on food stealing has been primarily conducted with individuals with Prader-Willi syndrome or intellectual disability in intensive residential settings and researchers have not demonstrated maintenance of treatment effects on food stealing in the natural environment. We conducted a functional analysis of food stealing and determined that food stealing was a covert behavior that was not maintained by socially-mediated variables. A treatment package including discriminative stimuli to signal available and unavailable food items and contingent reprimands was effective in decreasing food stealing in a 6-year-old-child with typical development. The caregiver implemented the assessment and treatment in both clinic and home settings and rated procedures and outcomes as high in social validity. Treatment effects generalized to the home and maintained 8 weeks after in-clinic training sessions.
 

Use of Denial-Delay Tolerance Training in the Treatment of Ritualistic and Stereotypic Behavior

DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Denial-and-delay tolerance training (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) is a treatment protocol that has been used to teach children to mand for socially-mediated reinforcers. Subsequent treatment components include a teaching of tolerance response when requests are denied, and working until a reinforcer is available. In the current study, we extended this treatment for socially-mediated behavior to the treatment of automatically maintained behavior. We utilized an alone screen to determine the function of behavior for two individuals diagnosed with autism. Next, we taught the individuals to request permission to engage in their behavior targeted for decrease, and to refrain from behavior outside of those permitted times. Finally, denial training, delay training, and fading therapist proximity were completed. Results showed that participants engaged in low rates of inappropriate behavior, and were able to tolerate a denied mand by engaging in increasing amounts of work. Interobserver agreement was collected on 30% of sessions for both participants, and averaged at 96.7% (range, 93.3-100).

 

Increasing Medical Adherence for Individuals With Autism

HAILEE STUESSER (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Medical procedures such as routine physicals and blood work are often associated with nonadherence and problem behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities. Previous research has shown the utility of behavior analytic interventions for increasing medical adherence. However, these interventions often include a combination of components making it difficult to discern whether all components are necessary. The purpose of this study was to evaluate differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) without extinction alone and in combination with fading for increasing adherence and decreasing disruption during routine medical exams in four individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. An indirect assessment was conducted to identify routine medical exam steps. A functional analysis confirmed that problem behavior was maintained by escape from medical demands. We evaluated DRA alone and in combination with stimulus fading using multiple baseline across participants or reversal designs. DRA with fading was necessary for achieving clinically significant outcomes in three of the four participants. Interobserver agreement was assessed in 33% of sessions and averaged 91%.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #27
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Relational Frame Theory: Past, Present, and Future
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Dermot Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
Presenting Authors: : DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Abstract:

The seminal research on equivalence relations by Sidman (1994) and colleagues, which commenced in the early 1970s, led in the mid-1980s to the development of relational frame theory (RFT; Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). The tutorial will present an overview of this 30 year-old unfolding research story and will consider some empirical and conceptual issues that appear to require focused attention as the story continues to unfold across the coming decades. In particular, the tutorial will commence by focusing on the historical and intellectual roots of RFT, identifying the work of Darwin, Wittgenstein, Skinner, and particularly Sidman as critically important. The basic units of analysis proposed by RFT, as a behavior-analytic account of human language and cognition, will then be considered. The impact these analytic units have had, and still have, on RFT research will also be reviewed. A relatively new RFT concept, known as the multi-dimensional multi-level (MDML) framework will be presented. A recent model of specific properties of relational framing, the differential arbitrarily applicable relational responding effects (DAARRE) model, will also be considered. Finally, a case will be made to integrate the MDML and the DAARRE model into a hyper-dimensional, multi-level (HDML) framework

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) articulate the historical and intellectual roots of relational frame theory; (2) describe the basic units of analysis of RFT as presented in the seminal volume (Hayes, et al., 2001); (3) identify and explain the basic concepts presented in graphical representations of the MDML framework and the DAARRE model.
 
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ghent University)
Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behavior between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, is a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and most recently became an Odysseus laureate of the Flemish Science Foundation and a fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
 
 
Symposium #28
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Strategies for Inclusive Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeremy H. Greenberg (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, we included three papers related to using behavioral analytic strategies in inclusive settings. The first presentation used peer-mediated strategies embedded in Lego activities to increase social initiation and responses for children with autism in an inclusive preschool setting. The second presentation used social narratives combined with behavioral strategies to improve oral narratives for a child with hearing impairments in various settings and evaluated the generalization effect an inclusive classroom. The third paper presents several behavioral strategies that can be used in inclusive settings for students with different ability levels.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, special education teachers, general education teachers

 

Using Peer-Mediated LEGO Play Intervention to Improve Social Interactions for Chinese Children With Autism in an Inclusive Setting

XIAOYI HU (Beijing Normal University), Qunshan Zheng (University of Florida), Gabrielle T. Lee (Chongqing Normal University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a peer-mediated LEGO? play intervention on improving social skills for children with ASD in an inclusive preschool in China. Three boys with ASD and 13 typically developing children participated in this study. A multiple-probe across participants design was used. The intervention consisted of LEGO? construction activities incorporated with peer-mediated strategies for one child with ASD and two typically developing peers. The intervention sessions were conducted two sessions per week with a total of 28 to 31 sessions for each participant. Results indicate that all three children with ASD increased their social initiations and responses following the completion of the intervention. Social validity was also obtained.

 

An Intervention Study of Story Grammar Instruction Based on Picture Books on the Oral Narrative Ability of a Student With Hearing Impairments in a General Education Classroom

Huan Li (Southwest University, Chongqing, China), Zhengting Feng (Southwest University, Chongqing, China), XIAOYI HU (Beijing Normal University, China)
Abstract:

Oral narrative ability exerts a major impact on the cognitive development, interpersonal communication and verbal learning of hearing-impaired students learning in regular class. Through a cross-situation multi-baseline research on a single subject, the study employs story grammar instruction based on picture books as the plan for intervening oral narrative ability of the student in communicating with family members, a private tutor and strangers. It is found that the intervention method leads to significant improvements in story length and story grammar concerning the oral narrative ability of the hearing-impaired student in the three communication situations. As for the effect of the intervention on discourse coherence in the student's oral narration, further studies are still needed. In view of those findings, the study puts forward corresponding suggestions on the application of picture-book-based story grammar instruction in actual situation.

 

Applied Behavior Analysis as a Teaching Technology for Inclusion

Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School & HKABA), Hye-Suk Lee Park (KAVBA ABA Research Center), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre), TRACY YIP (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis is known as an effective way to address the needs of people with autism spectrum disorders. The layperson may also associate behavior analysis with forensic psychology through their experience of crime dramas such as Criminal Minds: Behavior Analysis Unit. However accurate or simplified these portrayals they are a very narrow view of the larger field of behavioral science. Behavior analysis has a host of applications in the real world. Some of these applications include but are certainly not limited to the determination of social policies, advertising, policing, animal training, business practices, diet and exercise regimens and education. In this chapter the authors will focus on how applied behavior analysis can be used as a teaching technology from the behavioral and educational literature that has the potential to help lead the way out of the educational crisis faced in the United States of America and abroad.

 
 
Symposium #29
CE Offered: BACB
There's More Than One Tool in the Toolkit: Statistics for Behavior Analysts
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Zachary H. Morford (Zuce Technologies, LLC)
CE Instructor: Zachary H. Morford, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis has traditionally eschewed the use of statistical tests in the analysis of single-case experimental design (SCED) data. In particular, behavior analysts have argued against parametric statistics (e.g., t-tests and ANOVAs) for multiple reasons. Rather than use statistical tests, behavior analysts have relied upon inter-ocular trauma tests, where the visual analysis of SCED results hits you right between the eyes. The field has, generally speaking, overlooked the fact that parametric tests are only a few hammers in a much larger toolkit of statistical procedures. It is possible and beneficial for behavior analysts to use both methods—visual analysis and statistical tests—in conjunction with one another to analyze their data. In this symposium, the presenters will review three different non-parametric statistical tests that can be used in basic and applied behavior analytic research: Randomization tests, general estimating equations (GEE), and multilevel modeling. Each has its own unique merits and uses within SCEDs, and can function to augment other methods of analysis and replace more commonly used statistical tests.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Research methods, Single-case designs, Statistics, Visual analysis
Target Audience:

Master's level and doctoral level BCBAs; Graduate Students in Behavior Analysis; Basic Researchers; Applied Researchers; Scientist-Practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) select statistical tests that supplement visual analysis; (2) design single-case experiments for the purposes of applying statistical tests to the data acquired; (3) increase the internal validity of single-case designs by randomly assigning treatments to observation occasions.
 

Randomize, Test, Re-Randomize, and Infer: A Statistical Test for Single-Case Designs

(Basic Research)
KENNETH W. JACOBS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The frequent and repeated measurement of behavior often precludes behavior analysts from making statistical inferences about data obtained from single-case experimental designs (SCED). Parametric tests assume a random sample, independent observations, and a normal distribution. SCEDs violate one or more of these assumptions, and even worse, are considered quasi-experimental because subjects are not randomly sampled from a defined population or randomly assigned to treatments. Recent advances in computing, however, have brought an old and readily applicable test of significance to fore: Randomization Tests (Fisher, 1935; Pitman, 1937). Unlike conventional Null Hypothesis Significance Tests (NHST), randomization tests are non-parametric, distribution-free tests of statistical significance. They are particularly applicable to SCEDs, so long as treatments are randomly assigned to observations. The requirement that SCEDs include random assignment increases their methodological rigor by controlling for unknown variables and addresses the charge that SCEDs are quasi-experimental. While randomization tests cannot supplant the experimental control already built into SCEDs, they can certainly supplement the conclusions behavior analysts might make about treatment effects. The purpose of this presentation, then, is to elucidate the origins of randomization tests, explicate their applicability to SCEDs, and warn against the pitfalls of NHSTs when making inferences.

 

Using Multilevel Modeling to Quantify Individual Variability in Single-Subject Designs

(Basic Research)
WILLIAM DEHART (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Jonathan E. Friedel (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Charles Casey Joel Frye (Utah State University)
Abstract:

The field of Behavior Analysis has historically been conflicted over the use of inferential statistical methods in the analyses of data from single-subject designs. Valid concerns with the use of inferential statistics include the suppression of important behavioral variability at the individual level and the over-reliance on and misinterpretation of the p-value. This conflict has commonly resulted in two strategies: first, reliance on visual analyses and the out-right rejection of any inferential statistics, or second, the application of more "basic" inferential tests that may or more not be appropriate for single-subject design data. Multilevel modeling (e.g., mixed-methods or hierarchal regression) is a more advanced statistical analysis that addresses many of the concerns that the field of Behavior Analysis has with inferential statistics including quantifying the contribution of individual behavioral variability to the results and the compression of many data-points into a single comparison. The benefits of multilevel modeling will be demonstrated using several single-subject design datasets. A guide of how researchers can implement multilevel modeling including a priori recommendations before beginning data collection will be offered.

 
Comparing General Estimating Equations to Standard Analytic Techniques for Delay Discounting Data
(Basic Research)
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), William DeHart (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton), Anne Foreman (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting continues to be a rapidly growing area both within behavior analysis and in other fields, in part because differences in the degree of discounting are routinely found across populations of interest. There are often acknowledged and unacknowledged challenges in analyzing delay discounting data because the data frequently violate the assumptions of the statistical tests or there are no appropriate equivalent non-parametric tests. General estimating equations (GEE) are regression techniques that can handle many of the difficulties associated with delay discounting data. Using an iterative Monte Carlo procedure with simulated choice data sets, the results obtained with GEEs were compared to the results obtained with traditional analyses (e.g. t-tests, ANOVAs, Mann-Whitney U, etc.) to assess the similarities and differences in the techniques. The GEEs and traditional techniques produced similar patterns of results; however, GEEs obviate the need for conducting multiple tests, tolerate violations of normality, and account for within-subject correlations making GEEs a viable and more flexible approach for analyzing choice data.
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Observational Learning in Children With Autism and Social Delays: Recent Advances in Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The focus of this symposium will be to present recent research that has focused on improving observational in children with autism and social delays both in-vivo and with video models. The first paper evaluated the effects of teaching children with autism to engage in self-echoic responses during in-vivo observational learning on the learning of tacts. Both participants learned the picture labels faster in the condition where they were taught to engage in self-echoic responses than in the condition where they were not required to use the self-echoic responses. In the second paper, three children with autism learned to engage in sharing responses during play with the successive introduction of observational learning presenting on video plus verbal coaching while viewing the video. Participants in this study also generalized sharing responses to non-teaching conditions including novel toys, in the absence of a teacher, and to siblings. In the third study, participants with social delays showed improved performance with sequencing pictures and learned to tact two and three-digit numbers during in-vivo observational learning but not via video. Participants in the video condition showed improved performance of known tasks but did not learn new responses. In the final study, the authors assessed the direct and indirect effects of training by assessing observational learning before and after instruction across tasks and task variations during both in-vivo and video model probes. All participants acquired the prerequisite skills and demonstrated observational learning during probes of directly-trained tasks, but generalization was variable.

Keyword(s): learning/ performance, observational learning, video modeling
Target Audience:

BCBAs, practitioners, researchers, graduate students, teachers

 

Evaluation of the Effects of Teaching Self-Echoic Responses on Observational Learning in Children With Autism

JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Observational learning is essential for a child with autism to learn academic responses and to reduce reliance on one-to-one instruction. Imitation of the responses observed during observational learning contexts may facilitate OL and research indicates that typically developing children engage in verbal rehearsals (self-echoics)to facilitate recall of responses. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of self-echoic responses on learning picture labels via observational learning. In one condition, participants were taught to engage in self-echoic responses (i.e., repeat the modeled response three times, first out loud, then using a whisper, and finally to mouth the response) immediately after the adult modeled the picture label. In the probe condition, participants did not learn self-echoic responses. Both participants learned the new picture labels faster in the self-echoic condition compared with the probe condition. Areas for future research and practice implications will be addressed.

 

Observational Learning of Social Responses by Children With Autism: Evaluation of Video Modeling and Verbal Coaching

Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Elliot Recchia (Alpine Learning Group), STEPHANIE VENTURA (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Children with autism exhibit significant deficits in social responses such as sharing. Past research has demonstrated that children with autism can learn academic responses via observational learning, however to date learning social responses via observational learning has not been demonstrated. The purpose of the current study was to use a multiple-baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of observational learning via video and verbal coaching on teaching sharing to three children with autism during play. During baseline, no participants shared when they entered a room with others playing. During intervention, participants viewed a video in which a peer earned reinforcement for sharing with the person who had no toys. We also used verbal coaching with rules while the participants watched the video. Sharing increased for all three participants with generalization of sharing responses to toys never associated with training, when the teacher was not present during playtime, and to siblings.

 

The Effects of Peer Monitoring on Observational Stimulus Control in Preschoolers With and Without Social Delays: In-Vivo Versus Video and Learning Versus Performance

Bianca Vassare (Columbia University, Teachers College), JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

A peer-monitoring intervention in both in-vivo and video conditions, counterbalanced across participants, was implemented with 12 preschoolers to induce observational stimulus control. In the first experiment, only participants who had completed the intervention in-vivo acquired both observational learning and performance capabilities. Completing the intervention in the video condition alone was not effective in inducing observational learning, but was effective in establishing observational performance. Both in-vivo and video pre-intervention probes were conducted in the second experiment; results were similar to those found in Experiment 1. These findings demonstrate that the peer-monitoring intervention led to the emergence of observational performance, however, the presence of a peer audience was the necessary component to induce observational learning. Furthermore, participants who were in the presence of a peer audience emitted higher frequencies of social contact in a free operant play setting than their peers who lacked a peer audience during the intervention.

 

Teaching Observational Learning to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: An In-Vivo and Video-Model Assessment

ELIZABETH MCKAY SANSING (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Observational learning (OL) occurs when an individual contacts reinforcement as a result of discriminating the reinforced and nonreinforced responses of another individual. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have deficits in observational learning, and previous research has demonstrated that teaching a series of prerequisite skills (i.e., attending, imitation, delayed imitation, and consequence discrimination) can facilitate observational learning. We sequentially taught these prerequisite skills for three young children with ASD across three play-based tasks. We assessed OL before and after instruction across tasks and task variations (for two participants) during in-vivo and video-model probes using a concurrent multiple-probe design. All participants acquired the prerequisite skills and demonstrated observational learning during probes of directly-trained tasks. Generalization results varied across participants. Generalization occurred during the in-vivo probe for both participants for whom we assessed this response. Implications of these findings and directions for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Managing Generative Processes in the Development of Early Verbal Behavior Repertoires
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kalle M Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Sara Garbarini, M.Ed.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to present data that suggests how clinicians might best organize their programming to produce generative effects in their learners. The first study, Revisiting Verbal Behavior Development: A Two Year Follow Up, is a two-year follow up presentation of a young learner who scored in low level I of the VB-MAPP -- without an echoic repertoire -- and is currently learning relational intraverbals such as the deitics (here/there, I/you), ordinals (first, middle, last) and Crels such as "name/sound". The second study, Establishing Stimulus Control Over Echoic Behavior to Teach the Mand, discusses implementing procedures to effect stimulus transfer control across Mand types. The third study, Teaching Learners Who Use a Speech Generator Device to Mand for Information-Asking Questions About Hidden Objects, is about teaching children who use a speech generator device, to ask questions. The fourth study, Decreasing Echolalic Responses by Teaching a Conditional Response to the Autoclitic OR When Differentially Tacting From Two Options, presents data on a procedure to increase comprehension and decrease echolalia by teaching the appropriate control of the autoclitic "or" to establish differential tacting of available choices. These four studies illustrate different aspects of the organization and management of programming to produce generative speaker/listener competencies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This symposium has been designed for intermediate level professionals. Preferably for an audience of graduate ABA professionals. Professionals at the undergraduate level will greatly benefit too.

Learning Objectives: 1. Clinicians will learn to organize their programming to produce generative effects in their learners. 2. Clinicians will see examples as to how to produce generative speaker/listener competencies 3. Clinicians will be exposed to a variety of interventions to solve various problems
 

Revisiting Verbal Behavior Development: A Two Year Follow Up

Jessica Fernandez (Fit Learning Aptos), Richard E. Laitinen (Peronalized Accelerated Learning Systems), SHUBHRA GHOSH (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc.)
Abstract:

This paper is a two year follow up presentation of a six-year old learner who scored in low level I of the VB-MAPP, and initially did not have an echoic repertoire. His first year of progress was presented at the 2017 ABAI conference. In his second year of therapy the learner made significant gains in all verbal behavior repertoires: tacts, intraverbals, mands and echoics and his listener skills improved as well, positively impacting social skills. His language is becoming more fluent and his mean utterances has increased too. He is beginning to interact more in his natural environment as he independently reads books, plays with puzzles, is beginning to build more complex structures with wooden blocks, indicating that his nonverbal imitation is improving too. He is currently learning relational intraverbals such as (here/there, I/you), ordinals (first, middle, last) and Crels such as "name/sound.? Further relations, such as comparatives, spatials and temporals will be addressed as programming progresses.

 

Developing a Vocal Manding Repertoire: Establishing Stimulus Control Over Echoic Behavior to Teach the Mand

CHARLENE GERVAIS (Portia Learning Centre; Porita International)
Abstract:

Many children with autism do not have an established echoic repertoire. Imitating vocalizations is an important skill for learning to vocally mand. Pairing procedures have been shown to increase vocalizations in some limited research studies, however, there is no evidence to suggest that pairing words with reinforcement reliably establishes echoic behavior. We examined the use of two procedures to establish echoic stimulus control and eventually establish a manding repertoire using stimulus control transfer procedures across verbal operants. We were successful in establishing vocal manding with the participant, a young boy with autism. Both procedures used direct reinforcement for echoic behavior, however, the second procedure included the use of visual cues. Establishing stimulus control over echoic behavior led to an increase in mand and tact repertoires. Results suggest that stimulus control transfer procedures across verbal operants, combined with careful analysis of current skills and barriers may increase success when attempting to establish vocal verbal behaviour. More research is needed to identify which procedures or combination of procedures are most effective for certain profiles.

 

Teaching Learners Who Use a Speech Generator Device to Mand for Information-Asking Questions About Hidden Objects

SARA GARBARINI (David Gregory School), Maria DeMauro (David Gregory School)
Abstract:

This study investigated if learners using a speech-generator device (SGD) could learn to mand for information, asking questions about hidden objects. We replicated the study by Williams, Perez-Gonzalez & Vogt (2003) with four learners who attended a program for children with special needs and who used the SGD but never used it to mand for information. The results indicated that learners can learn to use the SGD to ask questions when taught under the appropriate conditions of deprivation and systematic fading of textual and model prompts. We also measured generalization to untaught objects across settings.

 

Decreasing Echolalic Responses by Teaching a Conditional Response to the Autocliticor When Differentially Tacting From Two Options

GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro para la Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Sara Garbarini (David Gregory School), Goldean Lowe (IMUA Family Services, Maui, Hawaii), Monica Rodriguez Mori (Centro para la Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), Kenya Velazquez (Centro Altum)
Abstract:

It is common for children who present with a dominant echolalic repertoire to respond with an echoic when presented with an autoclitic form of instruction requesting a tact or mand-response, as in, for example, "Is this an apple or an orange?" or "Would you like to eat cake or spinach?" The current study analyzed the effectiveness of a procedure that incorporated already established tacting, matching and reading repertoires to increase differential tacting based on an "or" relation between two options. We measured if this acquired skill decreased echolalia and generalized to untrained settings. The data suggested that the learners in this study learned to tact differentially from two options that were presented with the autoclitic. We also measured if the acquired skill generalized to natural settings.

 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations Regarding the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Valerie M. Volkert, M.A.
Abstract:

Children are diagnosed with a feeding disorder when they do not eat an adequate quantity or variety of foods, sustain an appropriate weight, or grow (Palmer & Horn, 1978; Piazza & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004). Feeding disorders are reported to occur in 2% to 35% of typically developing children and 33% to 80% of children with developmental disabilities (Bachmeyer, 2009; Burklow, et al., 1998; Palmer & Horn, 1987). Applied behavior analytic interventions have proven effective in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Bachmeyer, 2009). A multi-component intervention combining differential positive reinforcement and escape extinction has the most empirical support (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). However, escape extinction is not always feasible, and using extinction as a treatment for inappropriate mealtime behavior can be associated with extinction bursts, emotional responding, and extinction-induced aggression (Lerman, Iwata, & Wallace, 1999; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). The current symposium reviews the prevalence of extinction bursts and examines the use of antecedent-based approaches to treat inappropriate mealtime behavior with and without escape extinction. Finally, the current symposium reviews the findings of a trial-based functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior and function-based treatments compared to a traditional functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior (Piazza et al., 2003).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): antecedent-based approaches, escape extinction, feeding disorders, functional analysis
Target Audience:

Researchers and clinicians interested in learning more about the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.

Learning Objectives: 1) The listener will be able to identify when a child is at risk for a feeding disorder. 2) The listener will be able to identify and explain the application of antecedent-based approaches to feeding disorders. 3) The listener will be able to identify behaviors often associated with extinction bursts during the treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior.
 
Effects of a High-Probability Instructional Sequence and Response-Independent Reinforcer Delivery on Pediatric Food Refusal
SYDNEY BALL (University of North Carolina Wilimington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ashleigh Leuck (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Casey Ogburn (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Gonzalez (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Previous investigators have shown that a high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence may be effective without escape extinction (EE) or result in beneficial effects when combined with EE to treat the feeding problems of some children (e.g., Patel et al., 2006; Patel, Reed, Piazza, Mueller, & Bachmeyer, 2007). Bullock and Normand (2006) showed that compliance increased for 2 children using either a high-p instructional sequence or a fixed-time (FT) schedule of positive reinforcement. We used a combined multielement and reversal design to compare the effects of a high-p instructional sequence and response-independent delivery of positive reinforcers to treat the food refusal of 2 children. Compliance with low-probability demands (bite presentations) increased using either the high-p instructional sequence or an FT schedule of positive reinforcement for both children. Compliance with low-p demands was higher and inappropriate mealtime behavior was lower in both conditions compared to EE alone with the child for whom EE was necessary. These findings suggest that the response requirement arranged in the high-p instructional sequence may not be necessary to increase compliance with the low-p demands. Two independent observers collected data during at least 33% of sessions and agreement was above 80%. We will discuss conceptual and clinical implications of these findings.
 

Prevalence of Extinction Bursts During Treatment of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior

CHRISTOPHER W ENGLER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Extinction bursts are commonly identified as a side effect of extinction when treating problem behavior (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). Lerman and Iwata (1995) found that 27 of 113 data sets (24%) in studies that included extinction as treatment for problem behavior displayed an extinction burst. In a subsequent analysis, Lerman, Iwata, and Wallace (1999) found that 39% of 41 data sets in studies that included extinction as treatment for self-injurious behavior found an extinction burst. Even though extinction is a well-established treatment for food refusal (Volkert & Piazza, 2012), no studies to date have examined the prevalence of extinction bursts during the treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB) for children with feeding disorders. The current study evaluated the presence of extinction bursts during treatment of IMB, using the criteria delineated by Lerman and Iwata, with 88 children with food refusal, liquid refusal, or both. Results of 133 data sets (74 and 59 datasets for solid and liquid intake, respectively) indicated the overall prevalence of extinction bursts was 12%. We will discuss these findings and the results of additional analyses, including limitations and implications.

 
An Evaluation of Stimulus Fading in the Treatment of Food Selectivity in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
ELIZABETH GONZALEZ (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ashleigh Leuck (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kyndra Lawson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sarah Teague (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Food selectivity is a common problem in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Schreck & Williams, 2006). Escape extinction (EE) is an effective and often necessary intervention, but it is associated with negative side effects, such as extinction bursts, emotional responding, and extinction-induced aggression (Lerman, Iwata, & Wallace, 1999; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Therefore, additional research identifying antecedent treatments that may be effective alone or attenuate the side effects of EE are warranted. We used a combined multielement and reversal (ABAB) design to evaluate the effects of stimulus fading with simultaneous presentation of preferred and nonpreferred foods to treat the food selectivity of a child with ASD. Initially, inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased and acceptance and mouth clean (a product measure of swallowing) increased using fading without EE. However, it was necessary to combine EE with stimulus fading to maintain high levels of acceptance and mouth clean. Consumption of nonpreferred foods alone did not increase until after stimulus fading. Additionally, inappropriate mealtime behavior, negative vocalizations, and expulsions remained low throughout stimulus fading. Two independent observers collected data during at least 33% of sessions and agreement was at or above 80%. We will discuss the conceptual and clinical implications of these findings.
 
An Initial Evaluation of Trial-Based Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
ABBY HODGES (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Kristin O'Guinn (Baylor University)
Abstract: In order to address feeding problems such as food refusal and selectivity, is important to consider the variables maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the trial-based functional analysis of IMB and assess correspondence of the results with the traditional functional analysis. The participants were two boys, ages 3 to 5 years old, diagnosed with developmental disabilities. A trial-based functional analysis and traditional functional analysis of IMB were conducted with each participant, with the order of functional analyses counterbalanced across participants. The trial-based functional analysis resulted in differentially higher levels of IMB in one or more test conditions, indicating a social function of problem behavior for both participants. In addition, the results of the trial-based and traditional functional analysis corresponded for both participants. The subsequent function-based intervention resulted in a decrease in IMB and an increase in appropriate feeding behaviors for both participants, providing additional evidence that the trial-based functional analysis resulted in the accurate identification of the function of IMB for both participants. The results of this study provide initial support for the use of trial-based functional analysis to assess the function of IMB.
 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Novel Behavioral Economic Approaches to Assessing and Treating Substance Abuse
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Martner (University of Florida)
Discussant: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (Johns Hopkins University)
CE Instructor: Tyler Nighbor, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Substance abuse is a major public health crisis that is costly both in terms of health care expenditures and the resulting poor health outcomes for individuals and their families. In the current symposium, a series of talks will address different behavioral economic approaches to assessing and treating health behavior related to substance abuse. Strategies that will be presented include 1) the use low-risk behavioral economic assessments to predict treatment outcomes among pregnant women undergoing smoking-cessation treatment, 2) improving effective contraceptive use among opioid-maintained women of reproductive age using financial incentives, 3) assessing whether electronic cigarettes are viable behavioral substitutes to cigarettes, and 4) the use of a soft-commitment approach to reducing cigarette use. All presentations highlight the use of established principles of behavioral economics to address serious health concerns.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): health behavior, incentives, smoking cessation, technology
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: they are optional for those requesting BACB or QABA.
 
Remote Delivery of a Soft Commitment Approach to Smoking Cessation
DIANN GAALEMA (University of Vermont), Irene Pericot-Valverde (University of Vermont), Howard Rachlin (Stony Brook University)
Abstract: As technology continues to permeate the market the opportunity to disseminate interventions remotely increases as well. In the current study the use of “soft commitment” was tested to support smokers interested in quitting. Smokers were enrolled for 60 days and were randomized to either a control condition where they reported their smoking daily online or to an experimental condition. In the experimental condition smokers also reported smoking online but were alternated between “free days” where they chose how much to smoke and “matching days” where they were asked to smoke the same number of cigarettes they had in the prior “free day.” Currently 30 participants have been randomized in this protocol. The intervention has been well-received with most people successfully logging their smoking online and returning for the follow-up assessment. Reductions in cigarettes per day in the experimental condition is twice that of control (4.3 vs. 2.1). However, the difference is not significant due to the small sample size and high variability. Additional participants are being enrolled. Also, behavioral economic measures were used to predict quitting outcomes. Overall, Delay Discounting predicted quit attempts (duration and number) while Cigarette Purchase Task indices (pmax and omax) predicted confidence and intention to quit.
 
Real-Time Measures of Electronic Cigarette Use and Smoking: How Do Vaping and Smoking Interact?
SARAH MARTNER (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: Whether electronic cigarette use promotes smoking cessation is still hotly debated. We measured smoking and electronic cigarette use (“vaping”) in real-time during a quit attempt. During a one-month period, 12 smokers interested in quitting submitted twice-daily breath CO samples. Additionally, vaping was measured with an electronic nicotine delivery system (ENDS) that recorded puffs per day and duration of puffs. During monitoring, participants were instructed to smoke as usual 2-8 days. Participants were then given a quit date and told to use the ENDS as needed. Half of the participants were instructed to use the ENDS and received a contingency management intervention for smoking during the 14 days following monitoring (i.e., they received vouchers contingent on negative breath samples), then used the ENDS without contingency management for 14 days. The other half of participants used the ENDS alone for 14 days, followed by ENDS plus contingency management. Frequent use of ENDS was associated with lower CO values. The results of this study suggest that electronic cigarettes may serve as an imperfect substitute for conventional cigarettes.
 

Examining Interrelationships Between Delay Discounting and Simulated Demand for Cigarettes Among Pregnant Women

TYLER NIGHBOR (University of Vermont), Ivori Zvorsky (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont)
Abstract:

Cigarette smoking is overrepresented among economically disadvantaged women, and smoking during pregnancy is the leading cause of poor pregnancy outcomes in the U.S. Two common low-risk experimental arrangements used in the study of cigarette smoking among pregnant women are the Cigarette Purchase Task (CPT) and delay discounting (DD). Few studies have evaluated whether combining CPT and DD may enhance understanding of smoking beyond observations with either alone. The current investigation evaluated the interrelationship between CPT and DD performance of pregnant women by examining associations with the likelihood of making antepartum quit attempts, a strong predictor of response to formal smoking-cessation treatment. Data from 114 women enrolled in an ongoing smoking-cessation clinical trial were analyzed. Intensity, Omax, and breakpoint were significantly and inversely associated with antepartum quit attempts. DD by itself was not significantly associated with antepartum quit attempts nor was it associated with the CPT indices. Considering the predictive CPT indices and DD together revealed a conditional relationship wherein associations between DD and quit attempts were conditional on Intensity and Omax level. That is, among those with relatively high demand Intensity or Omax DD was not associated with quit attempts, while among those with relatively low demand Intensity or Omax steep discounting was associated with a lower proportion of quit attempts. These results suggest that the influence of DD among pregnant smokers is mostly limited to lighter smokers or, said differently, heavy smoking appears to override any influence of DD on quitting smoking during pregnancy.

 
Increasing Effective Contraceptive Use Among Opioid-Maintained Women at Risk for Unintended Pregnancy
CATALINA REY (University of Vermont), Sarah Heil (University of Vermont), Alexis Matusiewicz (University of Vermont), Heidi Melbostad (University of Vermont), Stacey C. Sigmon (University of Vermont), Gary J. Badger (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Nearly 80% of opioid-exposed pregnancies are unintended, due in part to alarmingly low rates of effective contraceptive use among opioid-using women (<10%). We developed and are evaluating an intervention to increase prescription contraceptive use by opioid-maintained (OM) women. Usual care in many OM clinics involves distribution of contraceptive information and referrals to community family planning providers. The intervention adds (1) the World Health Organization’s (WHO) contraception protocol and (2) financial incentives for attendance at follow-up visits. Pilot data strongly supported the initial efficacy of this intervention, with 5-fold higher rates of self-reported prescription contraceptive use in the experimental vs. control conditions at the end of the 6-month intervention (94% vs. 13%). A fully randomized controlled Stage II trial is now ongoing to rigorously evaluate the efficacy of the different components of this innovative intervention. Preliminary results suggest a graded effect, with 13% vs. 39% vs. 59% verified prescription contraceptive use at 6 months across the three conditions, respectively. Preliminary results suggest both experimental interventions increase prescription contraceptive use and decrease pregnancy, but that financial incentives provide added efficacy.
 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB
Make the World Sustainable Again: Behavior Analysis and Climate Change
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Robert Gifford (University of Victoria)
CE Instructor: Richard Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Evidence of climate change is abundant and persuasive, from rising global temperatures, to shrinking snow cover and sea ice, to the increasing frequency and intensity of weather events related to climate change. Evidence that human activities, especially the emission of greenhouse gases, are important contributors to global warming is also persuasive. The founding principles of applied behavior analysis emphasis the importance of behavioral issues that are important to society and the development of effective strategies to manage behaviors that improve quality of life. It is difficult to imagine a behavioral challenge with more far-reaching consequences than climate change yet behavior analysts have been relatively slow to adopt climate change as a focus of research and theory. In this symposium, we will review some of the conceptual and practical contributions, both at the individual and systems level, that behavior analysts (and other social scientists and policy makers) can make to developing an effective strategy and research agenda to address climate change.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): climate change, conceptual analysis, public policy, sustainability
Target Audience:

This presentation is appropriate for behavior analysts with interest in social issues, climate change, sustainability, evidence based public policy and organizational behavior management. This presentation will cover: a) conceptual issues, such as behavioral economics, b) practical interventions at the individual and system level as well as c) dissemination of behavior analysis to the public and other professionals.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the behavioral practices and patterns contributing to climate change. 2. Identify the behavioral processes that contribute to the persistence of behaviors that impact environmental sustainability. 3. Identify the contributions of behavioral economics and behavior analytic concepts to the development of evidence-based public policy to address climate change.
 

Understanding Climate Change Denial and Inaction: Does Behavior Analysis Have Anything to Add?

(Theory)
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

A growing proportion of Americans are acknowledging the danger posed by a warming climate, few are worried that climate change will threaten them personally, and few are taking direct action.��Scholars from various disciplines have explored the psychological processes -- including verbal processes -- that contribute to climate change denial and inaction, and at least three books have been recently published on the topic (Marshall�s�Don�t even think about it: Why our brains are wired to ignore climate change, Stoknes��What we think about when we try not to think about global warming,�and Hoffman�s�How culture shapes the climate change debate).��These works examine reasons for climate inaction/denial from an eclectic perspective (e.g., cognitive, social, and evolutionary psychology) and offer suggestions for how to change people�s opinions and induce sustainable actions.��Some behavior analysts have researched ways to increase sustainable behavior, but such efforts have been relatively limited.��Furthermore, behavior analysts have offered little in the way of conceptual analyses of verbal behavior related to climate change.��The purpose of this talk is to review these books with the goal of identifying ways in which behavior analysis might contribute to this discussion.

 

Can Games Save the World From Global Warming?

(Theory)
JOHN W. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

The United Nation’s 5th Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) reported in 2014 that global warming due to increases in greenhouse gases (GHG) caused largely by human activities threatens world populations and requires immediate world action (IPPC, 2014). The report recommended several governmental adaptation and mitigation policies, e.g., building seawalls, reducing GHG. Most world governments have responded positively, whereas the US government has done little and recently denied the existence of any danger. Several books have described this inaction in cognitive terms suggesting ways to change one’s thinking so that people can make more appropriate responses to global warming. An alternate approach is to change behavior directly. Behavior analysis has been quite successful at changing behavior irrespective of verbal behavior. This talk will consider the behavior analytic use of current technology, specifically, gamification to change behavior with respect to climate warming. Recently an increasing number of apps and serious games have been developed to change health and fitness behaviors and to teach language (e.g., Fitbit, Duolingo). However, few apps have been developed to save the planet from GHG. We will suggest possible independent variables (Michie et al. 20??) needed for such an app and dependent variables recommendations to reduce GHG (Hawken, 2008).

 

Influencing Cultural Selection: Evidence-Based Policy and Behavior Analysis

(Theory)
BRANDON MARTINEZ-ONSTOTT (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Why should Behavior Analysts get involved in changing policy, creating evidence-based policy, and how does policy influence responding of both the individual and the group? Our society evolves when social values and corresponding response patterns, "contribute to the success of the practicing group in solving its problems" (Skinner, 1981). Evidence-based policy, is policy that is empirically supported, and is also sensitive to social concerns. How better to improve society, then to influence policy through applied behavior analytic research, and evidence-based practice? "Better applications, it is hoped, will lead to a better state of society, to whatever extent the behavior of its members can contribute to the goodness of a society" (Baer, Wolf, Risley, 1968). Climate change is a real problem that needs all scientists to contribute to forming policy that best supports our culture's survival. It is hypothesized that policy restricts responding of the group and potentiates certain response classes, likened to that of an instructional stimulus SDi, increasing the probability of certain responses occurring within the context of an individual analysis of behavior. By changing the environment in which our culture responds in, through the establishment of evidence-based policy, behavior analysts may have a significant impact on the survival of our culture and our species.

 
Behavioral Economics as a Framework for Empirical Public Policy on Climate Change
(Theory)
STEVEN R. HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract: Behavioral economics provides an empirical framework for evaluating how individual human behavior is affected by policy decisions and how policy should be adjusted to recognize important functional relationships centered on human behavior and choice. I will approach this topic from the larger perspective of “empirical public policy” – that is, how policy can be formulated to be responsive to data, especially data on how people behave. I will describe how two agencies – the FDA and the FAA – currently use data on human behavior to adjust policy, and how, in general, behavioral economics can be the conduit for empirical public policy for other agencies, such the Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Energy relative to climate change. I will illustrate how data at the micro-level derived from research using hypothetical demand curves can be extrapolated to more macro-level implications for public policy.
 
 
Symposium #35
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of English and Spanish Languages on Responding: Cultural Accommodations for Learners With Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective accommodations for bilingual learners with disabilities are needed in the field of behavior analysis. This symposium includes four studies on how English and Spanish language influences responding, and the accommodations practitioners make to be more effective with bilingual learners with disabilities. This symposium will give the audience tools and techniques to apply in practice with bilingual learners. The purpose of the first study was to assess the influence of language preference among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or other intellectual disorders who have been exposed to more than one language. This study evaluated language preference during play contexts followed by evaluating language preference within instructional contexts and the individual's compliance with instructions. In the second study, researchers developed a questionnaire for behavior analysts to use as a guide when choosing culturally adapted functional communication response (FCR) for Hispanic children. It was devised and pre-tested to choose FCRs for Hispanic families. Results from the questionnaire and feedback from the experience survey will be presented. The third study builds off the previous study by using the questionnaire identify an FCR that matched cultural values. The subjects were taught to emit a culturally adapted and non-culturally adapted FCR. Parents' preference for each FCR was evaluated after they were trained to implement both FCR responses. Finally, implementation of the preferred FCR was carried out by parents. The final study compared skill acquisition of Spanish-language-dominant caregivers during behavioral skills training (BST) to teach differential reinforcement, guided compliance, and BST by English and Spanish speaking therapists. In the English condition a translator was used, for the Spanish condition a bilingual therapist administered the BST. Rates of acquisition were compared and a social validity survey was administered to the caregivers. Implications of these studies on the practice of behavior analysis will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Communication training, Language accomodation, Language preference, Spanish Language
Target Audience:

Students, researchers, and practitioners.

 

The Effects of Language Preference Among Bilingual Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Intellectual Disabilities

KARLA ZABALA (University of Georgia), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that individuals with ASD who have been exposed to more than one language do not experience any additional language delays compared to their monolingual peers (Hambly and Fombonne, 2011), and of previous studies that have been reviewed, there has been no indication of negative outcomes associated with language abilities among bilingual/multilingual children with ASD (Drysdale et al., 2015). A majority of the research surrounding bilingual or multilingual individuals diagnosed with autism or other developmental disabilities have focused more on conducting communication assessments to assess participant's psychometric performance in these assessments but research on language preferences alone among these individuals is scarce. The purpose of the current study was to assess the influence of language preference among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or other intellectual disorders who have been exposed to more than one language. The research study consists of two parts: Study 1 evaluates language preference during play contexts and study 2 evaluates language preference within instructional contexts and the individual's compliance with instructions.

 

Adapting Functional Communication Responses to Parents’ Cultural Values: A Questionnaire

MARLESHA BELL (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Claudia Campos (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The guidelines to conduct functional communication training (FCT) state that functional communication responses (FCRs) should be of low response effort, easily acquired, and easily recognizable by the community (Tiger et al., 2008). They also state that FCRs should be socially significant, meaning they are found acceptable by parents and the community. However, the guidelines do not mention the need to consider the clients’ cultural background when choosing an FCR. In this study, a questionnaire was developed for behavior analysts to use as a guide when choosing culturally adapted FCRs for Hispanic children. It was devised using literature that has identified specific behavioral manifestations of cultural values among the Hispanic population. Additionally, behavior analysts and parents who pre-tested the questionnaire completed experience surveys about their opinions and experience using the questionnaire to choose FCRs for Hispanic families. Results from the questionnaire and feedback from the experience survey will be further discussed.

 

Culturally Adapted Functional Communication Training

ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Claudia Campos (University of South Florida), Jennifer Rebecca Weyman (University of South Florida), Marlesha Bell (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Disparities in the use, quality, and outcomes of treatments, and the barriers that deter Hispanics from receiving healthcare services have been widely studied. Yet, similar efforts have been slow in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). A way to decrease treatment disparities is to assess the influence of cultural variables in behavior analytic interventions, and to evaluate whether manipulations to these variables improve the overall results of the interventions among Hispanic families. During this study, behavior analysts used a questionnaire to conduct an interview with parents to identify a functional communication response (FCR) that matched their cultural values. The subjects were taught to emit a culturally adapted and non-culturally adapted FCR. Parents' preference for each FCR was evaluated using a multiple-baseline design across participants in which they were trained to implement both FCR responses. At the end of the study, parents implemented the FCR of their choice. These results have important implications for ABA because it will support research in assessing cultural variables in interventions and services, and it will encourage behavior analysts to consider their clients' culture when providing services.

 

An Evaluation of Culturally-Based Accommodations for Behavioral Skills Training

JULIANA HOYOS (University of Missouri), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), Emma Keicher (Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Miriam Tye (Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Jayme Murphy (University of Missouri)
Abstract:

The purpose of this project was to evaluate cultural accommodations (bilingual clinician, translated documentation) and a lack of cultural accommodations (English speaking clinician with video interpreter). We compared skill acquisition of caregivers during behavioral skills training (BST) program for differential reinforcement, guided compliance, and BST with and without cultural accommodations. We found BST with improved cultural accommodations was more effective than without cultural accommodations.

 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
Transferring Successful Skill-Based Treatments to Caregivers
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shannon Ward (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, M.S.
Abstract:

One of the primary goals of applied research is to identify efficacious treatments for problem behavior that relevant caregivers can implement in relevant settings. In this symposium, we will review efficacious strategies for treating problem behavior and specific methods that will assist in training caregivers on the implementation of those strategies. First, an assessment and treatment model for treating feeding problems in the home setting will be reviewed in which caregivers were involved from the initial assessment through a 12-month follow-up. Next, we will review a skill-based treatment for food selectivity in an adolescent diagnosed with autism who engages in problem behavior, without evoking problem behavior throughout the teaching process. Then, an efficacious training program will be reviewed in which parents were taught to implement a comprehensive treatment for socially mediated problem behavior with their child. Finally, the utility of a training rubric will be reviewed as a tool for successfully transferring skill-based treatments to parents and caregivers in the treatment of socially mediated problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, food selectivity, parent training, problem behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate students, practitioners, researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Describe an assessment and treatment model for treating food refusal in home-based settings. 2. Describe a skill-based treatment for food selectivity for a child with autism without evoking problem behavior throughout treatment. 3. Describe strategies that will lead to the successful transfer of efficacious treatments to parents and relevant caregivers for treatment of socially mediated problem behavior.
 

Caregiver Involvement, Implementation, and Longer Term Adherence in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

Sarah Leadley (University of Auckland), JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Multiple reviews focusing on the treatment of severe feeding disorders have recommended an increased focus on caregiver implementation, and nutritional and social outcomes. However, research continues to concentrate on the analysis of specific treatment procedures implemented by trained therapists during treatment admission. In this study, a home-based behavioural assessment and treatment model was evaluated for nine children with tube dependency. Caregivers informed assessment conditions, participated during experimenter-led sessions, and then received sequential phases of training to implement treatment protocols. We monitored caregiver implementation until the child's treatment goal was achieved (tube feeding cessation), then during follow-up visits conducted up to 12 months following the study. By the final follow-up, six of nine children had ceased tube feeding. We discuss the impact of caregiver participation on child performance, training requirements, and procedural integrity. In addition, we highlight barriers to longer-term adherence and recommendations for future research.

 

Meals Without Tears: The Treatment of Food Selectivity in Children With Autism

JULIANA MARCUS (New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Kyle Sears (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University), Christine Ann Warner (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Between 67 and 89% of individuals with developmental disabilities have feeding problems (Silbaugh et al., 2016). This study describes a skill-based treatment to address food selectivity in children with autism who engage in problem behavior. An assessment was conducted with the participant's caregivers to identify foods to use in a preference analysis and to identify possible reinforcement contingencies influencing food refusal. Results were used to design a functional analysis of refusal. The reinforcement contingency shown to influence refusal in the analysis was then arranged to strengthen more appropriate food refusal behaviors. A contingency-based delay fading procedure was used to thin the schedule of reinforcement for appropriate refusal while suppressing inappropriate refusal and problem behavior and increasing mealtime requirements prior to reinforcement. By the end of this study, the participant consumed small meals consisting of multiple bites of a variety of foods that he did not eat previously, but that caregivers had reported wanting him to eat. Treatment was extended to caregivers in relevant environments. Interobserver agreement averaged 92% (range, 85% to 100%) for all variables measured. The results of this study suggest that these procedures may be useful for treating food selectivity without evoking problem behavior in children with autism.

 
A Technological Description of Teaching Parents to Implement Skill-Based Treatment of Socially-Mediated Problem Behavior
ROBIN K. LANDA (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University)
Abstract: Problem behavior that occurs exclusively with parents during a functional analysis (e.g., Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014; Ringdahl & Sellers, 2000) necessitates that parents serve as the sole interventionists. Researchers have demonstrated that parent-implemented treatments can be successful; however, prior research in this area is limited by (a) the incompleteness of the treatment evaluated (Marcus, Swanson, & Vollmer, 2001; Wacker et al., 2005) (b) the lack of technological descriptions of parent training (e.g., Hanley et al., 2014), or (c) the absence of treatment fidelity data (e.g., Hanley et al., 2014). We evaluated the efficacy of a training program consisting of instructions, textual models, feedback, and shaping in teaching parents to serve as interventionists for children who exhibit severe problem behavior sensitive only to parent-mediated reinforcement. The training program resulted in correct implementation of the skill-based intervention and elimination of errors (e.g., coaxing, arguing). The parent-implemented intervention led to a reduction in the child’s problem behavior and acquisition of functional communication responses, tolerance responses, and compliance. Interobserver agreement was assessed for more than 20% of sessions with a minimum agreement of 80%.
 
Utility of a Training Rubric for Transferring Successful Skill-Based Treatment of Problem Behavior to Caregivers
KELSEY RUPPEL (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University)
Abstract: Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) described a comprehensive, efficacious functional assessment and treatment process for the severe problem behavior of three children with autism. Although the authors presented child behavior data following caregiver training and implementation of treatment in the participants’ homes, they did not provide a detailed description of the caregiver-training process. We replicated the Hanley et al. assessment and treatment process with two young children who lacked diagnoses but were reported to engage in intolerable levels of problem behavior. After clinic-based behavior analysts obtained similar effects to those reported in Hanley et al., we trained caregivers using behavioral skills training and a performance rubric. We present a technological description of the parent training process, as well as parent treatment integrity data and child behavior data. Results show that parents learned to implement the treatment with integrity, children demonstrated improved social skills, and child problem behavior was substantially reduced or eliminated while parents implemented treatment.
 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Basic and Applied Research on Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Procedures
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Chris Krebs (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Jessica Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Jessica Becraft, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) schedules are designed to reduce, not eliminate, targeted responses. The studies presented in this symposium provide exciting new data showing some extensions of commonly-used DRL schedules in both basic and applied contexts. The first two talks provide data on the use of spaced-responding DRL. Emma Gillespie will describe how avoidance behavior that limited access to positive reinforcement in a human-operant task was reduced and Laura Neal will describe how a spaced-responding DRL embedded within a group contingency reduced excessive requests for attention from children in a Year 4 classroom in South Wales. The next two studies provide data on the use of full-session DRL. Andrew Bonner will describe how severe problem behaviors (e.g., self-injurious behavior) of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities were reduced and Chris Krebs will describe how excessive requests for attention by adults with intellectual disabilities working at an adult-day-training center were reduced. A discussion will follow these four talks to promote an exchange of ideas for future translational research on DRL schedules and similar applications.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): full-session DRL, spaced-responding DRL
Target Audience:

Applied Behavior Analysts Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe recent research-based advances in spaced-responding DRL 2) Participants will be able to describe recent research-based advanced in full-session DRL 3) Participants will be able to describe better the conditions under which spaced-responding or full-session DRL can be used to successfully reduce social significant behavior.
 

The Effects of Spaced-Responding Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Responding on Avoidance Reduction in Humans

(Applied Research)
EMMA GILLESPIE (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of a spaced-responding DRL schedule on decreasing avoidance in humans. Participants played a game where they could earn or lose points by clicking on different countries on a map. In training sessions, participants could access safe periods by pressing a foot pedal, which turned a red bar (i.e., warning signals) into blue (i.e., safety signals) for 9-s. In test conditions, participants could change the red bar into blue only after 2-s had elapsed from previous presses (DRL-2s). A progress bar initially indicated the time until after pedal presses had an effect on accessing these periods. The bar disappeared after three consecutive correct responses, whereas three additional consecutive correct responses doubled the DRL requirement. Participants completed 4- 5 sessions lasting 20 min each. Responding quickly matched the DRL requirement (up to 64 s) for all participants. Percentage of correct presses varied slightly per participant, and incorrect responses tended to be more frequent as the DRL schedule increased. However, all participants achieved 100% correct responses in their final sessions. These findings may have important clinical implications for identifying strategies to decrease excessive avoidance that limits access to positive reinforcement.

 

Effects of Class-Wide Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates of Behaviour on Reducing Children's Requests for Teacher Attention

(Applied Research)
LAURA NEAL (University of South Wales), Hayley Wells (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) is frequently used as an intervention when a behaviour is problematic due to the frequency with which it occurs. DRL schedules are effective as reducing engagement to more acceptable levels. In applied settings, most investigations of DRL have focussed on evaluating session and interval DRL arrangements, whereby limits are placed on the number of responses that will be reinforced in a given time period. Spaced-responding DRL, whereby responses are reinforced only after a specific inter-response interval has elapsed, are much less common. The current study applied a space-responding DRL within a group contingency arrangement to decrease excessive student requests for attention in a Year 4 classroom in south Wales. As requests for attention may include requests for assistance, we also measured whether decreases in requests for adult attention produced corresponding changes in children accessing help from sources other than the teacher (e.g., referring to a book or printed instructions for completing the task). Results showed that the DRL schedule reduced attention seeking to levels deemed appropriate by the teacher, as well as increasing children's independent working skills. Both children and teachers reported liking the intervention and thought it helped them do better work.

 

Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Schedules Reduce Severe Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
ANDREW C BONNER (University of Florida), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of low rate (DRL) schedules are reinforcement contingencies designed to reduce response rates. A common variation of the DRL arrangement is known as full-session DRL (f-DRL), in which a reinforcer is presented at the end of an interval if the response rate during that interval is below a predetermined criterion. Prior human operant research involving arbitrary mouse clicks has shown that the f-DRL is likely to reduce target responding to near zero rates. Similarly, applied research has shown that the f-DRL is likely to reduce minimally disruptive classroom behavior. There are, however, relatively few successful applications of the f-DRL to severe forms of problem behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of f-DRL on the severe problem behavior of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. For four participants, the f-DRL reduced severe problem behavior by clinically significant levels. Furthermore, results of a contingency strength analysis showed a strong negative contingency strength between target responding and reinforcer delivery for all participants. Key words: differential reinforcement of low rates, severe problem behavior, contingency strength.

 

Reducing Requests for Attention by Adults With Intellectual Disabilities Using a Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates Schedule

(Applied Research)
CHRIS KREBS (Florida Institute of Technology), Pablo Otalvaro (Florida Institute of Technology; Roe & Associates Integrated Behavior Supports Incorporated), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Jason Steifman (Roe & Associates Integrated Behavior Supports Incorporated)
Abstract:

Differential-reinforcement-of-low rate (DRL) schedules are often used to reduce, not eliminate, behavior. The current study examined effects of a full-session DRL on the number of requests for attention by two adults with intellectual disabilities working at an adult-day-training (ADT) program. The full-session DRL arranged for the delivery of a reinforcer at the end of a session if the number of requests for attention was less than a specified number during the entire session. Requests for attention, up to a specified number were also reinforced. In addition, a non-targeted behavior, duration of task (i.e., work) engagement, was measured. The full-session DRL reduced the number of requests for attention for both participants, and these effects were maintained during a generalization phase. Future research could extend the generality of these findings to other work-related behaviors and populations.

 
 
Symposium #38
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching and Assessing Mathematics, Writing, and Problem Solving With Typical and Near-Typical Learners
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Regatta ABC
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Nancy Marchand-Martella (University of Oklahoma)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways to teach and assess core instructional objectives in mathematics, writing, and problem solving to typical learners of all ages, including elementary, middle school, high school, and college students. In the first presentation, Marianne Delgado will describe research that investigated the effectiveness of sentence combining procedures on the syntactical maturity of middle school students' compositions, using a multiple baseline design across classrooms. In the second presentation, Amanda VanDerHeyden will describe a comprehensive, research-based, Response To Intervention (RTI) implementation management tool for monitoring the progress of elementary and middle school students' acquisition and fluency of mathematics concepts and skills. In the third presentation, Nicole Erickson will describe and illustrate a procedure for teaching students to provide delayed prompting with their peers during the course of learning mathematics. In the fourth presentation, Traci Cihon will describe a measurement tool designed to capture the interlocking behavioral contingencies between dyad members, and its application in a research study that evaluated the effectiveness of a procedure to teach college students active problem solving behaviors.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

behavior analysts and other psychology and educational professionals

 
Development of Spring Math: A Web-Based Tool for Response to Intervention for Mathematics
(Service Delivery)
AMANDA VANDERHEYDEN (Education Research & Consulting, Inc.)
Abstract: Spring Math (SM) is a comprehensive assessment, intervention and Response To Intervention (RTI) implementation management tool for mathematics for grades K-8. SM improves mathematics achievement by: (1) applying research-based decision rules to identify specific skill deficits for students found to be at risk during universal screening, (2) selecting an intervention that is aligned with student need, and (3) reducing implementation error by providing antecedent and consequent supports for correct use of the tool. SM directs screening of all classes in mathematics in a school, interprets the data, and recommends class-wide or individual intervention for specific students. Decision trees specify a sequence of skills and score ranges at fall, winter, and spring for grades K-8 to determine initial skill placement and intervention strategy. Intervention packets contain intervention protocol, all materials needed to conduct the intervention, and follow-up sub-skill and generalization skill assessments. The teacher enters the weekly assessment score to view summary reports of student progress and to obtain new intervention materials for the next week. A coach dashboard tracks consistency of SM use, rate of progress for classes and students within a school, and populates a list of actions that coaches should take to facilitate intervention effects in the school.
 
The Application and Adduction of Sentence-Combining Skills of Middle School Students Using Curriculum Based Assessment
(Applied Research)
MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Geoffrey H. Martin (Morningside Academy), Emily Nordlund (Central Washington University)
Abstract: The presence of 12 sentence combining skills denoting syntactic maturity was tracked every 2 weeks, using 13-minute curriculum-based writing assessments (CBAs) with middle school students. Skills tracked, in order of increasing complexity, were use of adjectives, compound subjects, and compound predicates; adjectival, adverbial, participial, and infinitive phrases; parenthetical expressions; and adjectival, adverbial, and noun clauses. 24 students from four different classrooms participated, all using Arthur Whimbey’s Keys to Quick Writing Skills, and Morningside’s Advanced Sentence Combining Fluency. Correct Writing Sequence scores from a standard writing CBA were used to select six students (two high, two medium, and two low) from each class. A multiple baseline design across the 4 classes was used to investigate the effectiveness of the programs. Data was recorded on a Standard Celeration Chart that plotted phase change lines as instruction on different skills occurred. Skill acquisition was analyzed for application (occurring as a function of prior instruction) or adduction (unique combinations and blends from many instructional lessons). Skills acquisition was compared across skill levels (high, medium, low), classrooms, and periods of instruction. Developing a twice-monthly method of assessing syntactic maturity provides timely and useful feedback to teachers to help them provide effective instruction.
 

Peer Delayed Prompting With a New Math Curriculum

(Service Delivery)
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

At Morningside Delayed Prompting procedures are used to help students answer questions that require applying concepts taught in reading, writing, and math. During instruction, the teacher asks a question and provides a six-second delay for the student's answer. If the answer does not meet criterion, the teacher provides successive organization, language, content, and definition prompts until the student gives the correct answer. After three prompts the teacher provides a model to imitate. In this innovation, the teacher teaches students to use the delayed prompting procedure to prompt one another as they learn from a new math curriculum. The teacher partners middle level performers with other middle level performers, or middle level performers with high-level performers, allowing for the best results in concept acquisition. The teacher designs a sheet that coincides with the new math curriculum using a series of concrete, pictorial, and abstract prompts. The students use this sheet to identify the error being made and prompt their partner in order to correct that error. This presentation will present both teacher and student delayed prompting data, and videos of the students using the technology.

 

An Ongoing Investigation of How to Teach and Measure Problem Solving

(Applied Research)
WILLIAMS ADOLFO ESPERICUETA (University of North Texas), Tomas Urbina (University of North Texas), Andrew R. Kieta (Morningside Academy), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Awab Abdel-Jalil (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Whimbey and Lochhead (1999) described how problem solving can be taught if the component repertoires are brought to an overt level. One challenge university instructors face is determining when the desired repertoire has been achieved. The pilot study focused on the creation of an instructional sequence based on the work of Whimbey and Lochhead. The instructional sequence was piloted with one undergraduate student dyad and experimenters evaluated the effectiveness of the instructional sequence with a measurement tool designed to capture the interlocking behavioral contingencies between dyad members. The results suggested that the instructional sequence could be used to develop both Problem Solver and Active Listener repertoires as measured by the aforementioned tool; however, the effects were demonstrated with only one dyad and only one researcher. In the current study, experimenters assessed the generality of the instructional sequence and measurement tool with additional undergraduate student dyads. Two different graduate student researchers implemented the instructional sequence and took data on the resulting repertoires. The results suggest that the instructional sequence was transferable across researchers and that data could be collected using the measurement tool with reliability. Further, undergraduate students acquired the desired repertoires, as measured by our tools.

 
 
Symposium #39
CE Offered: BACB
Psychotropic Medication and Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Chrystal Jansz Rieken, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Clients benefit most when all members of a collaborative team combine their expertise to consider all possible interventions and outcomes (Zarcone, 2008). With increased calls for behavior analysts to participate in collaborative teams for clients receiving psychotropic medications as part of treatment, it is important to identify current training opportunities for behavior analysts in this area, and consider further opportunities that might be needed. It is also important to review how prescribers are making pharmacological treatment decisions, and how the behavior analyst can contrite to that process. This 4-paper symposium will focus on two related areas. First, two papers will review education and training opportunities available to behavior analysts, as well as BCBAs perceptions on training and collaboration opportunities. Second, two papers will summarize factors that influence prescriber decision making, and how behavior analysts can contribute to that process. A case study demonstrating successful collaboration between behavior analysis and psychiatry will be described.

Keyword(s): collaboration, psychotropic medication, training
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss perceptions within the field on the role, preparedness, and needs of behavior analysts contributing to psychotropic medication management of client behavior. 2. Describe the training-practice gap in applied behavioral pharmacology 3. Describe how factors that influence prescribing practices may be relevant for behavior analysts.
 
Board Certified Behavior Analysts and Psychotropic Medications: Results of a Survey
(Service Delivery)
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: There has been an increasing pattern of psychotropic medications prescribed to treat problem behaviors in individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other intellectual disabilities (Park et al., 2016). Recent papers (Brodhead, 2014; Newhouse-Oisten, Peck, Conway, & Frieder, 2017) have provided recommendations on interdisciplinary collaboration yet there is little known involving the current practices of Board Certified Behavior Analysts® on the monitoring and evaluation of psychotropic medications as it pertains to behavioral interventions. Board Certified Behavior Analysts® were e-mailed an anonymous web-based survey regarding such practices. Results of the survey indicate that a majority of practitioners work with individuals prescribed at least one psychotropic medication, and that many practitioners do not work in settings that involve interdisciplinary collaboration.
 

Training Opportunities for Behavior Analysts in Psychotropic Medication Treatments in ABAI-Accredited Graduate Programs

(Applied Research)
Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), CHRYSTAL JANSZ RIEKEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Krystle Lee Curley (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Calixto (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

In recent years, there have been calls for behavior analysts to become more involved with issues related to psychotropic medication, both clinically and in research (van Haaren & Weeden, 2013), and to specifically consider effects of psychotropic medications during clinical assessment and intervention, to participate in the medication management process, and to participate in pharmacological research. Despite these calls, it has been suggested that the majority of behavior analysts may not have the knowledge or skill to work in these areas (Christian, Snycerski, Singh, & Poling, 1999; Wyatt, 2009). Although informal reports and reviews of behavior analytic training programs support this assertion, there is no known research that specifically seeks to determine what the current state of training may be for behavior analysts, in relation to psychopharmacology. Therefore, the current study sought to examine the medication/pharmacology-related training available within accredited training programs, and identify the rationales for the current state of offerings. Discussion will focus on the training opportunities and how they prepare behavior analysts for collaboration with prescribers.

 
Psychotropic Medication Prescription Practices in Autism Spectrum Disorder
(Applied Research)
CHRYSTAL JANSZ RIEKEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jacqueline Huscroft-D'Angelo (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: There has been an increasing pattern of psychotropic medications prescribed to treat problem behaviors in individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other intellectual disabilities (Park et al., 2016). Recent papers (Brodhead, 2014; Newhouse-Oisten, Peck, Conway, & Frieder, 2017) have provided recommendations on interdisciplinary collaboration yet there is little known involving the current practices of Board Certified Behavior Analysts® on the monitoring and evaluation of psychotropic medications as it pertains to behavioral interventions. Board Certified Behavior Analysts® were e-mailed an anonymous web-based survey regarding such practices. Results of the survey indicate that a majority of practitioners work with individuals prescribed at least one psychotropic medication, and that many practitioners do not work in settings that involve interdisciplinary collaboration.
 
Medication and Applied Behavior Analysis: A Prescription for Best Practice
(Service Delivery)
JENNIFER QUIGLEY (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Anna Marie DiPietro (Melmark), Timothy Nipe (Melmark), Rebekah Hinchcliffe (Melmark), Amanda Gill (Melmark), Amanda Marie Finlay (Melmark), James Chok (Melmark Pennsylvania)
Abstract: In clinical practice, psychiatric practitioners and board certified behavior analysts (BCBA) may make changes to an individual’s medication and behavioral treatment packages independent of one another. The potential benefits of collaboration between psychiatry and behavior analysis include more complete designs to evaluate treatment effect and more in-depth measures of behavioral changes and side effects (Blum et al., 1996). Data will be presented from a residential treatment facility that used this collaborative approach. A combination of systematic manipulations of medication packages and implementation of intensive behavioral interventions led to a reduction in challenging behavior, polypharmacy, and the occurrence of metabolic syndromes.
 
 
Symposium #40
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Emergent Responding Research for Children With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andresa De Souza (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University)
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Understanding the conditions under which novel speaker and listener skills emerge without direct training is paramount for increasing efficiency of intervention programs for children with autism spectrum disorder. This symposium will explore procedures to promote the emergence of novel speaker (i.e., intraverbals) and listener (i.e., following instructions) responses in children with autism. First, Hanne Augland will present a study that evaluated the effects of listener training on the emergence of two types of intraverbal task. Next, Sarah Frampton will examine the effects of instructional feedback during listener training on the emergence of intraverbal relations. Third, Andresa DeSouza will present a study that demonstrated the emergence of multiply-controlled intraverbals after training on a sequence of prerequisite skills. The final presenter, Megan Vosters will discuss the effects of echoic rehearsals on the acquisition and emergence of completing action-object instructions. David Palmer will serve as discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): emergent reponding, intraverbal, joint control, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate students in applied behavior analysis programs; practitioners working in early intervention settings; educators in special education and language delayed population.

Learning Objectives: - Attendees will be able to identify strategies to promote the emergence of intraverbal responses through listener training; - Attendees will be able to identify the prerequisite skills to promote acquisition and emergence of multiply-controlled intraverbals; - Attendees will be able to describe the role of joint control in the emergence of novel instruction following.
 

Establishment of Listener Behavior May Result in Emergent Intraverbal Behavior in Children With Developmental Delays

HANNE AUGLAND (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Inger Karin Almas (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract:

This study examined the extent to which teaching listener behavior would facilitate the emergence of intraverbal responding in a preschool aged boy with autism. Two types of intraverbal classes were evaluated: Saying the correct category of targets (Study 1) and answering "when" questions (Study 2). We used a multiple-probe-design across three stimulus sets for Study 1 and a multiple-baseline design across three stimulus sets for Study 2. Before starting the study, the participant was able to tact all stimuli involved in the listener training. Listener training consisted of teaching the child to identify correct pictures in response to the same questions used to assess the emergence of intraverbal skills. That is, for category questions, an example of listener training was touching the picture of a hamburger in response to the question "What is food?" For "when" questions, an example of listener training consisted of touching the picture depicting night when asked "When do you go to bed?" Once listener behavior was established, we tested for transfer to intraverbal behavior. For both studies, the listener training resulted in some emergent intraverbal responding. The participant responded to criteria during intraverbal "when" questions but not during intraverbal category questions.

 
Promoting the Emergence of Untrained Intraverbals Using Instructive Feedback
SARAH FRAMPTON (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Pediatric Medicine)
Abstract: Identifying procedures that lead to the emergence of untrained skills is a priority for clinicians serving individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study extended work by Shillingsburg, Frampton, Cleveland, and Cariveau (2017) by demonstrating the emergence of intraverbal relations following delivery of instructional feedback (IF). As in Shillingsburg et al. (2017), three sets of three classes of stimuli were developed for participants with ASD. The treatment, listener by name trials with IF related to the feature/function of the target stimulus, was provided for three sessions with set 1. Next, probes were conducted to assess emergence of untrained relations within set 1. If emergence of set 1 intraverbals was observed at mastery level, probes were conducted to evaluate relations across all sets (1–3). This process was repeated with the remaining sets. Results indicated that for both participants emergence of untrained intraverbal relations was observed following listener trials with IF alone. No additional relational training was required. These results highlight the possible efficiency of using a least restrictive procedure, such as IF, to produce untrained relations.
 

Facilitating the Emergence of Convergent Intraverbals in Children With Autism

ANDRESA DE SOUZA (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Acquiring intraverbal relations under the control of multiple variables is critical to language, social, and academic development. Sundberg and Sundberg (2011) identified prerequisites that may engender the emergence of novel, multiply-controlled intraverbals. We used a multiple-probe design with both nonconcurrent (across participants) and concurrent (across sets of stimuli) components to evaluate the effects of training these prerequisite skills on the emergence of untrained intraverbals with four children with autism. Specifically, we taught participants to (a) tact multiple categories of stimuli (e.g., tact zebra as "mammal" and "from the desert"); (b) select stimuli when presented with category names (e.g., select zebra and gorilla upon hearing "Point to all mammals"); (c) provide exemplars belonging to categories (e.g., say "zebra and gorilla" after the instruction "Tell me some mammals"); and (d) select the target stimulus when presented with a instruction under multiple control (e.g., select zebra upon hearing "Point to the mammal from the savanna"). Participants showed the emergence of convergent intraverbals at mastery levels after they displayed mastery performance on all of the prerequisite skills identified by Sundberg and Sundberg. We will discuss these findings in terms of operant mechanisms that may facilitate the development of generative language.

 
Emergent Instruction Following via Joint Control
MEGAN E VOSTERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Teaching procedures that facilitate the emergence of novel responses allow for increased efficiency (Grow & Kodak, 2010), which is critical when providing early-intervention services to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). We taught three children diagnosed with ASD, between 5 and 6 years old, to engage in echoic rehearsals (i.e., repeat the instruction aloud) over delays to simulate the time required when searching for objects in a room to complete an instruction. A multiple baseline across participants demonstrated experimental control over the effects of teaching echoic rehearsals on the acquisition and emergence of completing novel combinations of action-object instructions (e.g., “Take out book; Put the cup on the table”). Following teaching, we observed a high level of correct responding with novel instructions for all children. Next, an experimental analysis of the two sources of stimulus control facilitating joint control, the skills to rehearse the instructions and tact the objects, confirmed their necessity in producing correct instruction following. We then assessed generalization across setting and people, including the children’s caregivers. Implications for designing early intervention programming using a conceptual analysis of joint control is discussed.
 
 
Panel #42
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
The Key Performance Indicators To Rapidly Scale A Human Services Business With Quality
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Brett DiNovi, M.A.
Chair: Pierre Louis (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
BRETT DINOVI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
MATTHEW LINDER (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
JOSEPH KENDORSKI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

Pinpointing, measuring, and changing behavior that impacts key performance indicators (KPI's) to rapidly grow a human service organization is achievable through the use of behavioral science. In fact, when executed with precision, this can result in massive scaling of services to impact many lives while creating economic opportunity for many employees. This panel is comprised of practitioners that are CEO's and executives that are doing this on a daily basis and provides specific actionable leadership behaviors that achieve massive organizational growth while maintaining the utmost quality through precise measurement of KPI's. Executives on this panel have produced peak employee and organizational performance resulting in employee retention rates exceeding 97% annually and doubling in revenue each year. The principles of organizational behavior management (OBM) that drive successful KPI trends must cascade through the fabric of three levels in any organization. Those levels include the individual employee level, the departmental level, and organization-wide level. Specific KPI's discussed are employee retention, employee engagement, employee recruitment and selection mechanisms, profit & loss, stakeholder feedback, utilization of authorized service units, diversity of funding, social media metrics, staff training and competency, fluency of accounts receivable, cash flow, and adherence to regulatory body compliance standards. Behavior analytic principles run through the fabric of each system to monitor and produce peak organizational performance in all these areas are analyzed.

Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel is business owners, C-Level leadership in human services agencies, and those with supervisory and leadership experience. Participants should have, preferably, already taken the 8-hour supervision course. BCBA's, BCaBA's, & BCBA-D's are also encouraged to attend.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe 5 key performance indicators that measure the success of an organization's performance. 2. Participants will describe 4 OBM principles that have the biggest impact on key performance indicators. 3. Participants will describe challenges business owners and leaders face when scaling a business. 4. Participants will describe and identify specific methods and tools that grow a business with quality and successful outcomes for stakeholders.
Keyword(s): KPI's, OBM, Performance management, scaling businesses
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #43
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA

Behavioral Interference Between Species

Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: PCH; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
GREG GRETHER (University of California, Los Angeles)
Gregory F. Grether, Ph.D., is a professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology at the University of California Los Angeles (UCLA) and a fellow of the Animal Behavior Society. He completed his Ph.D. at UC Davis in 1995, moved to UC Santa Barbara with a NSF postdoctoral fellowship in 1996, and moved farther south to join the UCLA faculty in 1999. His field research has taken him farther south still, mostly to tropical rainforests. Although his first taxonomic interest was primates, he was influenced at a critical stage in graduate school by Krogh's principle, "For many problems there is an animal on which it can be most conveniently studied." Over the years, Greg and his students have studied a diverse assortment of animals, including insects, arachnids, fish, salamanders, lizards, birds and mammals. The common thread through all the projects is the role of behavior in ecological and evolutionary processes. He believes in the importance of studying the behavior of animals in their natural habitats, and many of his projects include field-based analogs of experiments that are traditionally carried out in the laboratory. He has also made novel contributions to evolutionary theory, most notably the theories of genetic compensation and agonistic character displacement.
Abstract:

Aggression and reproductive interference are forms of behavioral interference that occur commonly between closely related species. Such between-species interactions can, and in most cases probably do, arise as a byproduct of activities that are part of the normal lives of animals, such as defending resources and attracting mates. However, the ecological and evolutionary consequences of behavioral interference between species can be quite distinct from the effects of the corresponding within-species interactions. Behavioral interference can determine whether species are able to coexist, and if they do coexist, how they evolve subsequently in response to each other through natural selection. Behavioral interference was probably part of human evolution, and could help explain why we are the only extant species in the genus Homo, but this talk will focus on what we know, with greater certainty, about the role of behavioral interference in the ecology and evolution of other animals. If behavioral interference is a costly interaction at the population level, why does it persist? In what ways, and to what extent, does behavioral interference affect the geographic ranges of species? How does behavioral interference affect the spread of invasive species, or the fate of endangered species? What is the evidence that behavioral interference has evolutionary consequences? I will use examples from the literature, as well as from my own research, to answer these and other questions, while striving to present a balanced perspective on the subject.

Target Audience:

Anyone with an interest in the behavior of wild animals. No prior knowledge of the subject will be assumed.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe examples of behavioral interference between species; (2) explain how aggression and reproductive interference can influence whether species coexist; (3) articulate the basic theories of reproductive and agonistic character displacement; (4) discuss the types of empirical evidence available for ecological and evolutionary effects of behavioral interference.
 
 
Symposium #44
CE Offered: BACB
Seeking Guidance in Clinical Practice: The Scholarly Literature and Ethics
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nicole L. Bank (University of North Texas; The PartnerShip, LLC)
CE Instructor: Nicole L. Bank, M.S.
Abstract:

Professional behavior analysts are expected to refer to the scholarly literature to guide their evidence-based clinical practices. Further, practicing behavior analysts will typically have multiple occasions to seek guidance with ethical decision making throughout their careers. The current symposium will include an overview of research and initiatives to assist professional behavior analysts with these tasks. The first presentation reports on a study of professional behavior analysts' literature search practices. Bank and Ingvarsson implemented an online survey, followed by interviews and self-monitoring with practicing BCBAs. The data suggest many participants search for literature at least once per month. Satisfaction with current literature resources decreased for those participants without a university library. Many professionals report conference attendance as a source of literature access. Juanico, Valentino and LeBlanc describe the development of a literature request service for a large service agency. They report employee literature requests received a response within two days. Valentino and LeBlanc describe a system developed in the same service agency to promote ethical behavior in the organization including an ethics network hotline. They report that ethical requests are frequently related to areas such as client rights and protection, dual relationships, and confidentiality. These presentations help gain insight to the literature searches and ethical needs of professionals in the field and describe the development of organizational supports provided to assist practitioners in both clinical and ethical decision making.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethical decisions, literature searches, organizational supports
Target Audience:

The target audience of this symposium includes all professionals credentialed by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and those working towards that credential.

 

Evaluating Professional Behavior Analysts' Literature Searches

NICOLE L. BANK (University of North Texas; The PartnerShip, LLC), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract:

The first section of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (BACB, 2017) refers to the responsible conduct of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Included in the code is the expectation that professionals read the appropriate literature. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate how, why, and to what extent professionals access and read the behavior analysis literature. A 22-question survey was sent to professionals registered through the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The survey respondents were also invited to participate in a follow up interview and self-tracking investigation. The survey results of 398 professionals provided information on their professional credentials, work structure, literature search habits, sources of research, resource satisfaction, and other related activities. Seventeen interviews and four self-tracking participants provided additional insight. A total of 223 respondents did not have access to a university library. Eighty percent of these participants searched for research at least once per month. The most frequently used online sources included Google Scholar, PubMed, and the BACB ProQuest benefit. Thirty eight percent of participants indicated satisfaction with the research resources available to them, while 62% indicated they were somewhat satisfied or not satisfied. The predominant theme related to lack of satisfaction was access. Fifty four percent of participants that had access to a university library reported they were satisfied with the research resources available.

 
A Model for Increasing Access to Literature in Human Service Agencies
JESSICA FOSTER JUANICO (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s® (2017) Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts states that behavior analysts should rely on science and behavior analysis to inform their practice (i.e., 1.01 – Reliance on Scientific Knowledge) and undertake efforts to maintain competence by reading the literature (i.e., 1.03 – Maintaining Competence through Professional Development). However, there are often barriers (e.g., limited access, expense) that reduce the likelihood of clinicians accessing the literature, which may result in practitioners accessing the literature less. There are various strategies for increasing contact with the literature including routinely checking journal websites, e-mail alerts, and work contingencies (Carr & Briggs, 2010). This presentation will discuss the development of Trumpet Behavioral Health’s literature request system, as well as critical components of the literature request system. Four years of data from the literature request submission hotline of a large human services agency will be presented, summarizing the number of requests per month, type of requests per month, and the average response time.
 
Examining the Effects of a Network to Support Ethical Decision Making in Human Service Agencies
AMBER VALENTINO (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Building a network to support ethical decision making is important in human services agencies. Behavior analysts have an obligation to incorporate ethics into all facets of their clinical practice (e.g., client interface, assessing behavior, intervention, training and supervision). Simply providing rules for acting ethically is unlikely to enable practitioners to behave ethically. This presentation will present a system for promoting ethical behavior in an organizational setting. The ethics system involves encouragement of open discussion, an infrastructure for seeking assistance, fostering ethical behavior and development of educational resources. One year of data from the ethics submission hotline of a large human services agency will be presented. The data will summarize the number and type of submissions per month and average response time from the ethics committee. We will also discuss how the content from the ethics submissions guided creation of new tools and resources.
 
 
Invited Panel #46
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Contextual Behaviorism: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Ghent University)
CE Instructor: Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, Ph.D.
Panelists: CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento), RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University), JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

This session is coupled with, and immediately follows, a SQAB tutorial on contextual behaviorism presented by Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes. Panelists will be asked to speak briefly about their research program and to bring questions designed to foster discussion with audience members. The goal is to generate ideas and collaborative efforts among basic, translational, and applied scientists. The tutorial and panel discussion have arisen because the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), an organization that emphasizes fundamental sciences related to behavior analysis, meets immediately before ABAI. The tandem meetings of these two organizations present opportunities for attendees to hear about core sciences related to behavior analysis. The SQAB tutorials have provided an excellent spur for such discussions but we (SQAB and ABAI's Science Board) wish to take this a step further. This panel discussion, which represents a partnership between SQAB and ABAI, will create a setting in which basic and applied scientists, as well as practitioners, can meet to discuss applications of the topics raised in a SQAB tutorial.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe principles of contextual behaviorism; (2) link contextual behaviorism to Skinner's verbal behavior theory; (3) explain how practical issues in applied behavior analysis are tied to contextual behaviorism.
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Dr. Caio Miguel is a Professor of Psychology and Director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He is also an adjunct faculty at Endicott College, MA, and at the University of São Paulo, Brazil. Dr. Miguel has published 60 articles and book chapters on basic and applied research related to verbal behavior and derived stimulus relations. He is the past-editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (TAVB) and currently serves as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). He is the recipient of the 2013-2014 award for outstanding scholarly work by the College of Social Sciences and Interdisciplinary Studies at Sacramento State, and the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Dr. Miguel is a regular speaker at conferences all over the world.
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University)
Dr. Ruth Anne Rehfeldt is a Professor in the Rehabilitation Services undergraduate program and an affiliated faculty in the Behavior Analysis and Therapy program. She holds a Ph.D. (1998) and MA (1995) from the Behavior Analysis Program (in Psychology) at the University of Nevada, and a BA (1993) in psychology from the University of Puget Sound. She is also a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the doctoral level. Dr. Rehfeldt has taught undergraduate and graduate courses in research methods, behavioral assessment, principles of behavior, introduction to behavior analysis, verbal behavior, and radical behaviorism. Dr. Rehfeldt has authored nearly 100 articles and book chapters, primarily in the areas of derived stimulus relations and verbal behavior. Dr. Rehfeldt has served as the editor of The Psychological Record for 12 years and has been an editorial board member for a number of behavior analytic journals over the years. She has co-edited one textbook with Yvonne Barnes-Holmes, entitled Derived Relational Responding: Applications for Learners with Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities: A Progressive Guide to Change, and is currently co-editing a textbook tentatively entitled, Applied Behavior Analysis of Language and Cognition, with Mitch Fryling, Jonathan Tarbox, and Linda Hayes.
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Dr. Tarbox is the Director of Research and Regional Clinic Director at FirstSteps for Kids, in the greater Los Angeles area. Dr. Tarbox has published two books on autism treatment, as well as over 60 peer-reviewed articles and chapters in scientific texts. Dr. Tarbox is a past member of the editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders and a current member of the editorial boards of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Behavioral Development Bulletin, and Behavior Modification. Dr. Tarbox’s research interests include teaching complex language, social, and cognitive skills, as well as the assessment and treatment of feeding disorders and severe challenging behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #47
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Social Interactions for Children With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom C
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We present three studies teaching social interaction-related skills to children with autism spectrum disorder. The first study used intraverbal training to improve object substitution symbolic play behavior for children who lacked such play skills. The second study used a speaker immersion approach to increase

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): social interaction
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBAs, special education teachers, applied researchers, autism researchers

 
Effects of Speaker Immersion on the Increase of Spontaneous Mands and Tacts
HYOUJA LEE (National University of Transportation, Korea), Hye-Suk Lee Park (KAVBA ABA Children's Center), Hyomin Ahn (KAVBA ABA Children's Center), Sujeong Kim (KAVBA ABA Children's Center), Hyejeong Jang (KAVBA ABA Children's Center), Yeonhee Yu (KAVBA ABA Children's Center)
Abstract: The study was conducted for 2 four-year old girls and 3 4- or 5-year old boys with developmental disabilities in a private agency. All of the participants had mands and tact but didn’t show spontaneous mands and tacts. Data were collected in a multiple baseline across participant design. Target behaviors were spontaneous mands and tacts when relevant establishing operations were in place. Intervention was teaching to mand. Relevant establishing operations were manipulated during daily routine such as using bathroom or snack time. The children needed to mand for each step of daily routine in order to complete the routine. For example, the children were required to mand for pulling up pants, using soap, water, paper towel and etc. in order to finish using the bathroom. 15-16 establishing operations were manipulated during the intervention. During the baseline, the establishing operations were in place and the experimenters waited 3 to 5 seconds for spontaneous mands from the children. When the children manded for the step, they were allowed to do the step. If not, the experimenter waited another 3 to 5 seconds, and allowed them to do the step. During the intervention, the experimenter provided echoic prompts if the children didn’t emit independent mands within 3 to 5 seconds. The prompted mands were followed immediate reinforcement. Generalizations were tested in other settings such as art activity or free plays. Spontaneous tacts were also tested to see whether increasing spontaneous mands during daily routine induce increased tacts. The results showed that the intervention procedure were effective in increasing independent mands during training sessions. The results of generalizations and increasing tacts varied across the participants.
 

Increasing "Object-Substitution" Symbolic Play in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

GABRIELLE T. LEE (Chongqing Normal University), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education), Sheng Xu (Chongqing Normal University), ShaoJu Jin (Sichuan University of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may not develop symbolic play skills so such skills need to be taught specifically. We report an experiment regarding a procedure targeting "object-substitution" symbolic play skills. The "object-substitution" symbolic play behavior occurred when the child labeled a common object with the name of a substitute and used the object to perform a play action (e.g., As she put a bowl on her head, she called it a hat). A multiple probe across behaviors design was employed with five children (four boys and one girl, aged 3 to 6) with ASD. All children had verbal communication and demonstrated functional play and generalized imitation, but no symbolic play skills prior to the study. The instruction consisted of intraverbal training, picture prompts, and modeling of play actions. All children demonstrated object-substitution symbolic play skills after the instruction. The occurrences of response generalization were also discussed.

 

Teaching Children With Autism to Relate Self to Others

WENCHU SUN (National Changhua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract:

One of the major characters of children with autism is having difficulty to establish social relationship with others. The basic challenge is to relate self to others, or have difficulty to pay attention to people around. Teaching the children to pay attention to people around,( such as: what color of the person's hair is, tact the person who possessed specific object, and who is looking at you, etc.) are the fundamental skills the children with autism to relate self to others, and later for facilitating social interaction. The purpose of this study is to use behavior analytic approach to teach children with autism to pay attention to people and also to be aware of whether is someone looking at her. One child, age 4, diagnosed with autism, who can tact over 50 items and had basic listener skills, participated in this study. Three behaviors were targeted in order to teach her to pay attention to people around and start to relate self to others. Three target behaviors included:(a) tact a person's name and tact his/her color of hair or clothes, or to touch other's ear or shoulder, upon requested, e.g., when teacher asked what color Mary's clothes is, the child can response correctly; or when presenting two persons, teach would ask the child to touch Jenny's shoulder, the child do it upon request; (b) Observe and tact the person who possessed specific object, e.g., upon requested, the child can tact the person has red toy car on hand, (c) observe and tell who is watching at me (the subject), eg., when presenting two persons, the child can tact the one who is looking at her . Multiple probe across behaviors were used to validate effectiveness of the strategies in this study. The results showed positive results across the three behaviors both in the acquisition level and generalization effects. Parent's report and social validity data also showed favor results. Real life generalization and its impacts on the child's everyday life will be discussed. In addition, future research suggestion will be provided at the end of the paper.

 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on the Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Behavior and the Impact of Various Levels of Treatment Integrity on Response Interruption and Redirection Outcomes
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Tullis, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will include three presentations evaluating the effects of various interventions on problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement and a presentation summarizing research on the efficacy of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) implemented at various levels of treatment integrity. The first study evaluated whether a multiple schedule in which a bracelet worn by the participant signaled the availability of praise for appropriate walking and the delivery of reprimands for toe walking was effective in decreasing toe walking. The second study investigated the effects of RIRD and response cost (RC) alone as well as a treatment package consisting of both RIRD plus RC on the level of stereotypy. The third study examined the processes, extinction, punishment, or both, responsible for the effectiveness of RIRD. And the final study summarized research evaluating the extent that treatment integrity impacts RIRD treatment outcome in the clinical setting. These presentations will be reviewed by a discussant.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, RIRD, stereotypy, toe walking
Target Audience:

BCBA and BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn about the effects of various interventions on levels of automatically reinforcement behavior 2. Attendees will learn about the impact of treatment integrity errors on the efficacy of response interruption and redirection 3. Attendees will learn about factors to be considered in selecting interventions for automatically reinforced behavior
 

The Use of a Multiple Schedule to Decrease Toe Walking in a Child With Autism

ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

We evaluated a multiple schedule in which a bracelet worn by the participant signaled the availability of praise for appropriate walking and the delivery of reprimands for toe walking in a young boy with autism. We first conducted a pre-treatment screening analysis to verify that toe walking was sensitive to automatic reinforcement. Next, we conducted a treatment evaluation using the multiple schedule. In the absence of the bracelet, no programmed consequences were delivered for toe walking. Once toe walking decreased to criterion levels with the bracelet on, we increased the amount of time the participant wore the bracelet. We also assessed generalization and maintenance of the effects. The multiple schedule was effective; toe walking decreased to near zero levels. In addition, the effects of the procedure generalized to community settings and maintained at all follow-up assessment dates. The participant's mother also effectively implemented the procedure. Implications and suggestions for future research are provided.

 

Further Evaluation of Treatments for Vocal Stereotypy: Respond Interruption Redirection and Response Cost

KIERSTY MCNAMARA (Univeristy Of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to expand on previous research by evaluating the effects of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) and response cost (RC) alone in reducing vocal stereotypy and to evaluate whether a treatment package consisting of RIRD plus RC leads to greater suppression of stereotypy. Preference, reinforcer, and competing items assessments were conducted to identify items for the response cost condition. In addition results of a functional analysis indicated that stereotypy was automatically reinforced. During the treatment phase we evaluated the effects of RIRD, RC, and RIRD plus RC on stereotypy using a multielement design. We observed high levels of vocal stereotypy during both baseline and toy baseline conditions. All three treatments led to a substantial decrease in stereotypy for all participants however for one participant stereotypy continued to occur during the treatment intervals of the RC condition. We discuss limitations of the current study and areas for future research.

 

A Component Analysis of Response Interruption and Redirection for Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KATHERINE PENA (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) is an effective intervention for reducing vocal stereotypy, an often automatically maintained form of problem behavior that is otherwise difficult to treat. Previous research has suggested that RIRD works through a combination of extinction, punishment, or both. We attempted to examine processes responsible for RIRD's effectiveness by evaluating an analog to interruption consisting of contingent and noncontingent presentation of neutral sounds to suppress vocal stereotypy in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and comparing those effects to RIRD. Neutral sounds were identified through the use of a preference assessment of various sounds. RIRD was effective in all of the participants, but noncontingent presentation of neutral sounds and contingent presentations of neutral sounds ranged from ineffective to not as effective as RIRD. Manipulating the amount of time with a sound playing did not have an effect on vocal stereotypy either. These results expand on previous research that call into question extinction-like explanations for the effectiveness of RIRD.

 

Response Interruption and Redirection Treatment Integrity Considerations

CANDICE COLON-KWEDOR (Behavioral Concepts Inc.), Kimberly Gauthier (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) has been shown to effectively decrease automatically maintained behavior. However, its application outside of an experimental setting constitutes an emerging literature base. Research evaluating the extent that treatment integrity impacts RIRD treatment outcome in the clinical setting will be reviewed and compared. In study 1, treatment integrity observations on the consistency and accuracy of treatment implementation were collected in a classroom setting with three participants diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Results showed that treatment integrity varied across participants and across staff members. Inconsistent implementation was the most common error. However, when RIRD was implemented the components were carried out as prescribed with high accuracy. When an analysis of consistency errors was conducted in a controlled setting, RIRD was generally effective at 50% consistency following previous exposure to 100% consistency. Study 2, further investigated this phenomenon by comparing treatment effects when degraded treatment consistency was not preceded by exposure to 100% consistency. Results varied across participants, but generally more rapid suppression occurred during the 100% condition. An evaluation of these results is discussed in terms of treatment integrity considerations when implementing RIRD in a clinical setting.

 
 
Symposium #49
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Efficacy and Preference of Procedures to Train Caregivers in Compliance and Embedded-Teaching Strategies
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute )
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Ciobha Anne McKeown, M.S.
Abstract:

The symposium features four studies on training undergraduates or caregivers to implement behavior analytic treatments. Hallie Ertel will present on the efficacy of and caregiver preference for differing ratios of low-p to high-p instructions to increase compliance, and the results suggest that caregivers tend to prefer the most efficacious ratio. Elizabeth Foley will present on a self-instruction package on implementation of guided compliance, and the results suggest that this type of training is an efficacious alternative when resources are limited. Mary Halbur will present an evaluation on caregiver preference and acceptability of three prompting strategies prior to and following acquisition of caregiver implementation. These results provide insight on how to improve the accuracy of preference and acceptability measures. Finally, Maegan Pisman will present on an evaluation to teach caregivers to implement multiple evidence-based strategies within a play context. Given the acquisition, generalization, and child-preference outcomes, this intervention seems well suited for caregivers to use when teaching young children with an autism spectrum disorder. We are excited and honored that Dr. Nicole Heal is serving as the discussant given her expertise and passion for these areas of research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, compliance, staff training, treatment acceptability
Target Audience:

Target audience will include practitioners interested in efficacious training procedures for staff and caregivers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants should be able to describe recent advancements in treating noncompliance, methodology to assess caregiver preference and acceptability of a treatment, and variables that make treatment packages efficacious.
 

The Effect of Various High-P to Low-P Instruction Ratios on Compliance

HALLIE MARIE ERTEL (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Lianne Hurtado (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence, which involves the delivery of a series of high-probability instructions immediately before delivery of a low-probability instruction, is a commonly used procedure to increase compliance among children and individuals with intellectual disabilities. Although the modal ratio of high-p instructions to low-p instructions is 3:1, other ratios may be more effective. In the current study, we compared three ratios of high-p to low-p instructions (i.e., 1:1, 3:1, and 5:1) during use of the high-p instructional sequence to increase compliance among three children with autism. Results suggest that the 5:1 ratio was most effective. Although less effective, the 3:1 ratio and 1:1 also produced increases in compliance. In addition, we had each participant's caregiver nominate the most preferred ratio and we then evaluated caregiver implementation of the most effective ratio. In general, the most preferred ratio was also the most effective ratio, even when implemented by caregivers. Implications of these findings and directions for future research are discussed.

 
An Evaluation of Self Instruction on the Implementation and Generalization of Guided Compliance
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Bertilde U Kamana (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Nicole Coleman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We examined the effects of a self-instruction package, which included written instructions and a data sheet on participants’ accurate implementation of a guided compliance procedure with four undergraduate student participants. Additionally, we assessed generalization of the accurate implementation of the procedure across (a) treatment setting, (a) treatment recipient (learner), and (c) instruction type. During all sessions, a simulated client followed one of several scripts, which varied in the sequence of client responses across trials. Three of the four participants demonstrated mastery of the guided compliance procedure with the self-instruction package. For these three participants, the skill successfully generalized across the three parameters and maintained after we removed access to the self-instruction package. The fourth participant required the use of behavioral skills training (i.e., video modeling and feedback) to achieve mastery of the skill. For this participant, the skill successfully generalized and maintained after we removed access to the intervention. Overall, results suggested that the self-instruction package may be an effective alternative to more resource intensive training methods.
 

An Evaluation of Caregiver Preference for Prompting Procedures

MARY HALBUR (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Erin Corrigan (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Raven Wood (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute)
Abstract:

Previous researchers have suggested that caregiver participation in intervention can enhance intervention and promote generalization of skills across settings. Thus, parents should be trained to implement behavioral interventions. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate caregiver preference for and acceptability of three commonly used prompting procedures. Experimenters trained caregivers of children with disabilities to use three evidence-based prompting strategies (i.e., least-to-most, most-to-least, and a progressive prompt delay). Once the caregiver reached the mastery criteria with each prompting procedure, his/her preference for each of the strategies was evaluated using a concurrent-chains arrangement. Additionally, treatment acceptability of all procedures was measured multiple times throughout the study. All participants met the mastery criteria for each of the prompting procedures and showed a preference for least-to-most prompting. Results suggested that caregivers' preferences for procedures prior to training were different than post-training/post-child practice. In addition, indirect assessment scores corresponded to choice trials during the end assessments. The data obtained during this study support the utility of objective measures for studying preference for behavioral skill-acquisition procedures.

 
Caregiver Integration of Four Teaching Strategies in a Play Context on Child Acquisition and Preference.
MAEGAN D. PISMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Young children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often require systematic teaching to learn tacts and mands, and activity-based play serves as one situation in which these skills can be taught. However, no study has shown how to teach caregivers to implement multiple evidence-based strategies while maintaining play as a preferred context. We recruited two dyads composed of two mothers and their sons (three and four years old). We used a multiple-probe design across responses to demonstrate the efficacy of behavioral skills training on the mothers’ simultaneous implementation of parallel play, child-directed interaction, incidental teaching (mand), and direct teaching (tact); we also, subsequently, observed their child acquire the target mand and tact as a function of the mothers’ teaching. By assessing the children’s preference between playing alone with toys versus playing with toys and their mother, we confirmed that introducing the teaching strategies did not decrease the value of playing with their caregiver. We obtained stimulus generalization and maintenance of the caregivers’ skills from the clinic to their home, and the caregivers taught an additional target mand and tact. The outcomes serve as preliminary support for an intervention that all parents raising a child with an ASD should receive.
 
 
Symposium #53
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Concurrent Operant Assessments in Public School Settings
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital)
CE Instructor: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The concurrent operant assessment (COA) has potential as a flexible and socially valid assessment strategy to guide reinforcement-based interventions for students with intensive behavior support needs in schools. In this symposium, we will present a series of data sets illustrating applications of COAs in public education settings. The first two presenters will share results of applied research studies in which COAs were used to inform interventions designed to increase compliance and/or on-task behavior for elementary-age students with or at risk for disabilities. The next two presenters will share data sets accumulated from state-funded projects related to implementing COAs in public school systems. One of these presentations will focus on a series of case summaries from a behavioral consultation model in which COAs have played an integral role. The other will present outcome data from a series of trainings designed to prepare school-based consultants to independently conduct COAs?from assessment design to data analysis and interpretation. Following the four data-based presentations, our discussant will offer comments on strengths and limitations of the works presented, and identify future directions for research and practice with respect to maximizing the impact of these assessments in schools.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): choice assessment, concurrent operants, functional assessment, school
Target Audience:

Our presentation is targeted to behavior analysts who work in educational settings as well as those who conduct behavior analytic research in educational settings.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify situations in which concurrent operant assessments may be useful in practice. 2. Attendees will be able to identify specific questions that concurrent operant assessments are suited to address. 3. Attendees will gain an understanding of how results of concurrent operant assessments should be interpreted and used to guide individualized behavioral and/or instructional supports. 4. Attendees will become familiar with a training model used to prepare school consultants to independently conduct concurrent operant assessments.
 
Utility of Concurrent Operant Assessments to Inform Function-Based Interventions
(Applied Research)
KAYLA RECHELLE RANDALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Emily Weaver (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Naomi Parikh (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: For students who engage in passive forms of problem behavior, such as noncompliance and off-task behavior, alternatives to the functional analysis may be needed to identify reinforcers for compliance, work completion, and/or active engagement in instruction. We evaluated the utility of concurrent operant assessments (COAs) to identify reinforcers for work completion for four students with or at risk for emotional/behavioral disorders who engaged in frequent noncompliant and off-task behaviors. For each student, we compared results of researcher- and teacher-implemented COAs. Then, using an alternating treatments design, we compared the effects of an intervention matched to the COA outcome to intervention conditions that were not matched to the COA outcome on levels of work completion and task engagement. For two of the four participants, results of COAs corresponded across implementers and intervention results validated these outcomes. For the other two participants, COA outcomes differed by implementer and results of the intervention comparison were not differentiated. Limitations, implications, and future directions for research on COAs are identified.
 

Oh the Places You'll Go: Concurrent Operant Assessment in School-Based Consults

(Service Delivery)
KATHLEEN SIMCOE (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; TRIAD), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; TRIAD), Katie Gregory (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; TRIAD), A. Pablo Juàrez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center; TRIAD)
Abstract:

Choice assessments have shown promise in a variety of settings for identifying stimuli that may be used as reinforcers within behavioral interventions. One such assessment, the Concurrent Operant Assessment (COA), may be especially promising in educational settings that prioritize safe and efficient strategies to identify potential reinforcers for replacement behavior. Embedded within a behavior consultation model for public school-based teams across our state, we have conducted a series of COAs for students with challenging behavior. The consultations are intended to reduce challenging behaviors that raise safety concerns, interfere with learning, limit student access to the least-restrictive environment, and require high resource usage. Consultants train teams of educators to implement evidence-based treatment programs in the classroom. Within this consultation model, COAs are increasingly used to assess motivating variables and preferences for students and inform treatment decisions related to programmed contingencies of reinforcement for appropriate behavior. Outcome data will be shared on COA results, implications for treatment, and student outcomes.

 
Outcomes of a Concurrent Operant Assessment Training for School-Based Consultants
(Service Delivery)
AMY GRABER (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Kristina Miiller (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Hannah Stokes (Grant Wood Area Education Agency), Jake Vitense (Grant Wood Area Education Agency)
Abstract: Utilizing concurrent operant assessments (COA) while conducting a functional behavior assessment in a school-based environment can more specifically inform special education behavior intervention plans. Training staff who consult in the schools on this technology is important to increase its use and effectiveness. School-based consultants were selected to be trained on this behavior assessment. Skills taught for COAs included designing the assessment, decision-making during the assessment, conducting procedures, data collection, and data analysis. Didactic training was provided followed by on-site training sessions with trainees and students. Trainees were directly observed demonstrating skills and provided necessary coaching. Trainers used task analyses to evaluate trainees’ level of independence in the aforementioned skill areas. Training outcome data indicated that trainees acquired procedures, data collection, and data analysis skills more quickly than assessment design and decision-making skills. A comparison of cohorts of trainees show the groups acquired the same types of skills at similar rates.
 
 
Symposium #54
CE Offered: BACB
School-Based Interventions With At-Risk Students: Addressing Academic Engagement, Student Interactions, and Disruptive Classroom Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
CE Instructor: P. Raymond Joslyn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analytic approaches in school settings are supported by a large foundation of empirical research. However, approaches for working with at-risk students have historically been underrepresented in the behavioral literature. The current symposium addresses ways to increase academic engagement, improve peer interactions, and decrease disruptive behavior in school settings with at-risk students. Study 1 compared the effects of differential negative reinforcement of alternative behavior (DNRA) and curricular revision (CR) on problem behavior with students diagnosed with oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Study 2 evaluated the effects of positive and negative reinforcement interventions on escape-maintained problem behavior with secondary students diagnosed with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). Study 3 examined the effects of the Good Behavior Game, a well-documented group contingency procedure, on student interactions in primary and secondary classrooms for students with EBD. Study 4 examined the effectiveness of teacher-implemented GBG on disruptive classroom behavior with students in a residential facility for juvenile offenders. Implications, future directions, and special considerations for working with this population will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): academic intervention, at-risk students, classroom management, escape-maintained behavior
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners who work in school settings with at-risk students or other special education populations, or those who want to learn more about the implementation of behavioral classroom management would benefit from attending this symposium.

Learning Objectives: Individuals attending this symposium will be able to: 1) Differentiate between differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DNRA) and curricular revision (CR), and describe the effects of these procedures on escape-maintained problem behavior with at-risk students. 2) Describe the procedures and potential effects of positive and negative reinforcement interventions for at-risk students who engage in escape-maintained problem behavior. 3) Describe the procedural variations and potential effects of the Good Behavior Game with at-risk students.
 
To Treat or to Teach: Comparing Strategies to Reduce Escape-Maintained Behavior
LUCIE ROMANO (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Gabrielle Mesches (West Virginia University), Apral Foreman (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Differential negative reinforcement of alternative behavior (DNRA) reduces escape-maintained challenging behavior, but can result in lost instructional time. Instructional time could be maintained through interventions like curricular revision (CR), but the efficacy of CR is less established. We compared DNRA and CR for 3 children with age-typical intellectual functioning whose challenging behavior was maintained by escape from academic tasks. During DNRA, we taught the child to appropriately request a different, mastered task. During CR, we broke the original task into simpler components until the child mastered each component, but still permitted escape following challenging behavior. Curricular revision resulted in less challenging behavior than DNRA for one participant. For the other two participants, DNRA was initially more effective than CR, but participants rarely engaged with the academic task. Challenging behavior was equally suppressed across conditions once extinction for challenging behavior was added to CR. Curricular revision also resulted in each child spending substantially more time engaged with the new task than the mastered task. Curricular revision did not increase the likelihood of treatment relapse relative to DNRA for any participant. Thus, CR may be a desirable option for treating escape-maintained behavior.
 

A Comparison of Positive and Negative Reinforcement With Secondary School Mathematics Avoiders With Emotional and Behavioural Disorders

JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Katie Scoble (University of South Wales ), Lynette Davies (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that positive reinforcement can effectively treat problem behaviour maintained by escape from demands. We evaluated the effects negative and positive reinforcement interventions on engagement with math tasks for three secondary students with a history of math avoidance. A trial-based functional analysis confirmed that all three participants' problem behaviours were maintained by escape. We used an alternating treatments design to compare the relative effects of negative (i.e., removal of math tasks) and positive (edibles) reinforcement on work completion and accuracy. We then conducted a choice phase, in which participants could opt to work for removal of math problems or edibles. Results showed that positive reinforcement increased rates of problem completion and accuracy for two of the three participants. When allowed to choose, all participants opted for the positive reinforcement contingency and reported that they enjoyed completing math problems with the positive reinforcement contingency and disliked the worksheets when the escape contingency was applied. These results bolster previous findings indicating that positive reinforcement interventions may be more efficacious than negative reinforcement strategies for treating escape-maintained behaviour. Our results also raise important questions regarding how intervention approach may alter how an individual feels about engaging in appropriate behaviour.

 
Does the Good Behavior Game Evoke Negative Peer Pressure? Analyses in Primary and Secondary School Classrooms
EMILY GROVES (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract: The Good Behaviour Game (GBG) is a classroom management system that employs an interdependent group contingency, whereby students must work as a team to win the game. This arrangement means that a single child’s behaviour may make the difference between a team winning or losing. Teachers may have concerns about the GBG’s fairness and its potential to evoke negative peer interactions (especially toward those children who are most likely to break rules). Research has shown that positive interactions can be targeted and increased during the GBG, but much less is known about peer interactions when the game does not specifically arrange contingencies to promote prosocial behaviour. We evaluated children’s social interactions during a GBG that targeted behaviours unrelated to peer social interactions. Using a withdrawal design, we evaluated outcomes in a secondary classroom for students with emotional and behavioural disorders, as well as in a primary classroom for children with mild developmental disabilities. Results indicated that the GBG produced positive changes in target behaviours. More importantly, however, they showed that playing the game decreased negative peer interactions and increased positive interactions. Further, social validity results indicated that the majority of children thought the interdependent group contingency was fair.
 

Training Teachers to Implement the Good Behavior Game With Juvenile Offenders

P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (Berry College), Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a group contingency procedure that is effective in reducing disruptive behavior and increasing on-task behavior in a variety of settings. This procedure has the support of a large literature base, but has not been evaluated with juvenile offenders who engage in severe problem behavior. Further, there are few GBG studies that directly address methods for training teachers to implement the procedure. In the current study, a group training procedure was used to quickly train 4 teachers to implement the GBG in classrooms in a secure residential facility for juvenile offenders. Results indicated that the teachers were able to produce substantial reductions in disruptive classroom behavior following a brief training. Teacher delivery of praise also increased substantially as a result of the intervention. Social validity data indicated that both teachers and students found the game to be effective. Implications, directions for future research, and special considerations for working with this population are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research and Social Implications for Vocal and Augmentative and Alternative Communication Language Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emma Seliina Sipila (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Emma Seliina Sipila, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Anywhere between 30-50% of individuals with autism do not develop vocal language that is deemed functionally acceptable to meet their daily communication needs. This symposium seeks to address this problem by presenting three studies that use vocal or augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions. The first study sought to extend the evidence base for teaching children with autism who are learning to communicate using speech generating devices by evaluating the acquisition of intraverbal responding in a four-year-old child with autism. Systematic instruction in the context of an activity interruption (i.e., song) was used to contrive the opportunity for intraverbal responding. The second study investigated procedures to teach the mands for information under control of the establishing operation, and examined the extent to which teaching generalized to novel scenarios. The third study evaluated how two commonly used AAC formats, sign language and picture exchange, resulted in access to reinforcement in the natural environment. All three studies for this symposium have important implications that extend previous research using both vocal and AAC language interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, autism, social validity, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use two forms of AAC in the natural environment; (2) implement a mans for information using why intervention; (3) teach intraverbal fill-ins using a speech generating device.
 

How Do Naïve Adults Respond to Requests for Information? A Comparison Between Two Forms of Augmentative and Alternative Communication

EMMA SELIINA SIPILA (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), Lauren Brouwers (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Anywhere between 30-50% of individuals with autism do not develop vocal language that is deemed functionally acceptable to meet their daily communication needs. As a result, individuals with autism may require interventions alternative to vocal speech, such as augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). However, very little is known about how members of the public may respond to forms of AAC. The purpose of this study was to evaluate how two commonly used AAC formats, sign language and picture exchange, result in access to reinforcement in the natural environment. To do this, we approached naïve adults (i.e., individuals unfamiliar with AAC) and asked questions (e.g., "Where is the bathroom?") that were likely to result in reinforcement. We measured whether or not naïve adults accurately responded to each question, and we collected additional descriptive information about their reaction to that form of AAC. This study has important implications, not only on the social validity of each form of AAC, but also for long-term considerations for using AAC.

 

Teaching Mands for Information Using "Why" to Children With Autism

Ashley Matter (Trumpet Behavioral Health), AMBER VALENTINO (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Sherrene B. Fu (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Jessica Padover (Scripps College)
Abstract:

Mands for information (MFI) are classified as behavior in the form of question asking that is under control of an establishing operation (EO); the consequence being information related to the EO. This behavior often occurs in the form of "wh" questions, though any topography can serve as a MFI (e.g., "tell me"). Mands for information (MFI) can play a critical role in language development and represent an important skill to enable individuals to successfully learn new information from their environment. Yet, many children with autism do not acquire mands for information without direct teaching. Research has demonstrated effective procedures for teaching all "wh" forms, except for "why." This study investigated procedures to teach the MFI "why" under control of the establishing operation, and examined the extent to which teaching generalized to novel scenarios. The intervention was effective in establishing the MFI "why" in three children with autism within a short number of teaching sessions, and intervention was effective in establishing generalization of the MFI to novel scenarios for all participants.

 

Teaching Intraverbal Fill-Ins to a Child With Autism Using a Speech-Generating Device and Systematic Instruction

AMARIE CARNETT (University of North Texas), Hannah Waddington (Victoria University of Wellington), Alicia Marie Bravo (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Children with autism who do not develop spoken communication are often candidates for speech-generating devices (SGDs) as an alternative communication modality. Early language interventions for children with autism often utilize Skinner's conceptual analysis of language by targeting manding, tacting, and intraverbal skills. However, for children learning to use SGDs, research has mainly investigated manding skills. Thus, the current study sought to extend the evidence base for teaching children with autism who are learning to communicate using SGDs by evaluating the acquisition of intraverbal responding in a four-year-old child with autism, using a concurrent multiple baseline across responses design. Systematic instruction in the context of an activity interruption (i.e., song) was used to contrive the opportunity for intraverbal responding. All three intraverbal responses were acquired during a final choice phase, which allowed for the participant to select the song order. These results suggest the value for targeting intraverbal skills to children with autism who use SGDs.

 
 
Panel #60
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical and Sustainable: The SkillCorps Training Model
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Crystal S. Thompson, M.S.
Chair: Kathryn Petersen (Global Autism Project)
NICOLE SKOTZ (Malama Pono Autism Center, Global Autism Project)
KELLY DEACON (ABC Group Hawaii: Autism Behavior Consulting Group, Global Autism Project)
KSENIA KRAVTCHENKO (Global Autism Project and Endicott College)
Abstract:

For the past 5 years the Global Autism Project has been providing training to autism centers around the world through our SkillCorps program. This unique volunteer program allows professionals to bring their experience to centers in underserved areas around the world. Our panel of SkillCorps participants will discuss the benefits and challenges of short-term volunteering to both volunteers and service partners as well as how the Global Autism Project has dealt with these challenges.

Target Audience:

BCBAs consultants

Learning Objectives: describe the risks of short-term volunteer programs describe the challenges of international training from the perspective of short-term volunteers describe the conditions necessary for the success of international training
Keyword(s): internatonal development, sustainability, training, volunteer
 
 
Symposium #61
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Common Treatment Components in Behavior Interventions for Differential Effectiveness and Preference by Clients and Therapists
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom DE
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Sarah J. Miller, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior interventions often involve several components that can be manipulated across individuals or settings including contingencies of reinforcement, prompting procedures, and establishing operations. While many variations of these procedures exist in the literature, less research has been dedicated to directly comparing the effectiveness of these variations. Even less focus has been given to preferences for treatment components by the individual who is receiving the intervention or the individual who is implementing the intervention. This symposium presents three studies that evaluated modifications to various components of treatment and preference. Diabiase, Schuierer, DeQuinzio, and Taylor extended the research on traditional versus embedded discrete trial teaching to adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. Luck, Lerman, Zey, and Campbell assessed teacher preference for three error-correction procedures and compared these preferences to the effectiveness of each procedure. Miller, Scheithauer, Shirley, Gerenscer, and Muething compared client and therapist preference across three prompting procedures and compared these data to the effectiveness of each procedure at promoting compliance. Together these studies represent methods for evaluating preference across procedures and evaluating for the most effective intervention in within participant models.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): client preference, error correction, prompting procedures, treatment efficacy
Target Audience:

Practitioners in educational settings, skill acquisition settings, and those treating escape-maintained problem behavior

 
An Assessment of Teacher Preference for Error Correction Procedures
KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Brittany Zey (University of Houston Clear Lake), Morgan Breaux Campbell (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Abstract: Teachers encounter student errors every day in the classroom, but they are not always trained on how to best respond to them. Past research has identified several effective error-correction procedures, such as demonstrating the correct response, prompting the student to respond correctly, and providing the student with an opportunity to respond independently following a prompted response. Teachers’ preference for different teaching strategies likely influences what they use in their classrooms. However, no study has assessed teacher preference for different error correction strategies or variables that might influence preference. In the current study, eight special education teachers and one speech pathologist were taught to use three different error correction procedures. We then assessed the participants’ preference for the different procedures using a concurrent-chains procedure and evaluated the sensitivity of their preferences to the relative effectiveness of the procedures. The majority of participants showed a preference for one specific type of error correction procedure. Preferences for all but one participant maintained despite changes in the effectiveness of the procedures. The results of this study have important implications for assessing teachers’ preference when training multiple teaching strategies.
 

Comparison of Traditional and Embedded Discrete Trial Teaching to Improve Receptive Discriminations in Adolescents With Autism

CORTNEY DEBIASE (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Nicole Schuierer (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Geiger, Carr, LeBlanc, Hanney, Polick, and Heinicke (2012) compared traditional discrete trial teaching and embedded discrete trial teaching (DTT) with children with autism. We extended the results to two adolescents with autism. A multi-element design within a multiple baseline design across two stimulus sets was used to compare the effects of traditional and embedded DTT. Traditional DTT consisted of the instructor presenting a discriminative stimulus to start each trial ("Point to ___"), implementing a prompt (i.e., manual guidance), and providing reinforcement (i.e., praise and token) for correct responding. Embedded DTT consisted of presenting trials similar in structure to the traditional DTT but within an ongoing activity (e.g., shooting baskets). The percentage of correct responses improved with the introduction of both types of DTT. However embedded DTT resulted in faster acquisition (i.e., less trials to criterion). Mean session duration was longer for embedded than for traditional. The results of this study with adolescents with autism is promising because it demonstrates that receptive skills can be targeted during activities away from a desk or table with implications for incorporating instruction during vocational activities.

 
Client and Therapist Preference for Prompting Strategies to Increase Compliance
SARAH J. MILLER (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Kelly Shirley (Marcus Autism Center), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Three-step prompting is a strategy utilized to increase compliance with demands, and typically consists of a vocal, gestural, and physical prompt (Piazza, Contrucci, Hanley, & Fisher, 1997). However, this prompting procedure can be difficult to safely implement when individuals engage in severe problem behavior. The current study compared three prompting procedures based on rates of problem behavior and compliance. Two males diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in severe problem behavior maintained by escape from demands participated. Participants were exposed to three prompting procedures: three-step, vocal prompt only (repeated every 5 s), and initial prompt only (provided once at the beginning of session). Data were collected on rates of problem behavior and compliance. Resulted indicated that the inclusion of a tangible item as a reinforcer for compliance was required to maintain low rates of problem behavior and high rates of compliance. For one participant, the vocal prompt only condition was most preferred; for the second participant, no preference was demonstrated. The results of this study indicate that a rapid pre-treatment assessment can identify when it may be possible to treat escape-maintained problem behavior without the use of physical guidance for participants for whom this procedure would be challenging.
 
 
Symposium #62
CE Offered: BACB
Use of Meta-Analyses and Consecutive Case Reviews as a Means to Synthesize Single Case Data
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Kristina Gerencser, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Within the field of applied behavior analysis, single case research designs are often used to demonstrate treatment effects. However, in order to disseminate these interventions we need larger scale analyses. The current symposium will present three papers focused on the use of meta-analyses and consecutive case reviews as models to help establish interventions as evidence-based. The first paper evaluated the procedures used in 18 previously published meta-analytic reviews on behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder. Specifically, this study evaluated the decisions rules researchers used to determine if an intervention was effective. The second paper focuses on a multi-level meta-analysis model to help establish if an intervention is effective. The authors describe this approach using two different types of differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate schedules as an example. Lastly, the third paper uses a consecutive case series analysis to evaluate outcomes related to behavioral treatment for enuresis. The evaluation and use of other models, such as these, are needed in order for the field to disseminate evidence-based interventions for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Meta-analysis, Review
Target Audience:

Researchers, clinical researchers, and other professionals in the field of behavior analysis

 
Meta-Analyses of Single Case Designs in Autism Research: Current Practices and Future Directions
WHITNEY L. KLEINERT (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is characterized by deficits in social interaction and communication and restricted and repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, and activities. Fortunately, many interventions are available to address deficits and excesses associated with ASD and there currently are hundreds of published studies documenting such interventions. Because challenges vary by individual, single case research designs (SCD) are frequently used to examine the effectiveness of interventions. Meta-analytic procedures are a useful mechanism for synthesizing outcomes across multiple studies of a given target behavior or intervention. In this study, we identified 18 meta-analytic reviews of SCD studies conducted with individuals with ASD, and analyzed those studies to determine how decisions about effects were reached. Results indicated little agreement with regard to the ideal effect size metric and meta-analytic procedure to use. In this paper, we will (a) provide a synopsis of the current meta-analytic research on interventions targeting challenges faced by individuals with autism, and (b) offer future directions in this domain based on SCD meta-analyses in other areas.
 
Multi-Level Models to Analyze Single-Case Design Data: Differential-Reinforcement-of-Low-Rate Schedules as an Example
JESSICA BECRAFT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Shuyan Sun (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Anlara McKenzie (University of Maryland Baltimore County, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew Spann (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Meta-analyses synthesize data across studies on a given topic. They are common tools to determine intervention effectiveness and can help to establish an intervention as evidence-based. However, most methods of conducting meta-analyses utilize between-groups design data. Techniques for meta-analyses of single-case design data as are common in behavior analysis are emerging, and multi-level models are a promising technique. The current study is an example of how to apply the multi-level model to a behavior analytic intervention. We compared two different types of differential-reinforcement-of-low-rate (DRL) schedules. DRL schedules can be used to decrease, but not eliminate target responding such as excessive hand-raising. There is some evidence that one type of DRL, the full-session DRL, may eliminate responding. We synthesized 32 published studies (187 datasets) using full-session and spaced-responding DRL schedules with humans since 1970. Furthermore, we explored potential moderators that may impact effectiveness of the interventions. Results indicated that the full-session DRL was no more likely to eliminate responding than the spaced-responding DRL. This study provides a detailed model on how to conduct a multi-level model of single-case data. To that end, future research may apply these methods to analyze other behavioral interventions.
 

Treatment of Enuresis for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SHANNON KENNEDY HEWETT (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Children with developmental disabilities (DD) are more likely than typically developing peers to have issues with enuresis. Past research has shown the success of behavioral treatments consisting of scheduled sits and reinforcement for continent voids (Azrin & Fox, 1971; Leblanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, & Detweiler, 2005). However, this research has included small sample sizes, while studies with larger numbers have lacked key information (i.e., baseline rates and follow-up data to evaluate maintenance and generalization). The current study conducted a consecutive case series analysis of 44 individuals with developmental disabilities who completed a two-week program for enuresis. Results showed significant improvement in continent voids and follow-up data suggested positive results maintained when treatment was implemented by caregivers in a home environment.

 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Investigating Bi-Directional Operants and Capabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: JeanneMarie Speckman-Kilroe (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
CE Instructor: JeanneMarie Speckman-Kilroe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Naming across both listener and speaker responses and intraverbal responding may be defined as bi-directional because of the speaker-listener bi-directional relations involved in each of these types of behavior (Miguel, 2016). We report on three studies focusing on bi-directional operants and how, when and under which environmental conditions each may be acquired. In the first paper we present data on 49 participants between the ages of 18 months and 3 years. We investigated when and how these children acquired the listener half (uni-directional) and both the listener and speaker components (bi-directional) of Naming. In the second paper we report on experiments testing the effects of a Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) procedure on bi-directional naming (BiN) and delayed drawing responses as a measure of conditioned seeing for school-aged students with Autism. Our final paper reports on the emergence of intraverbals and speaker-as-own-listener behaviors (Naming, say-do responding and self-talk) in toddlers with and without identified disabilities or delays.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analyst practitioners, supervisors and school personnel

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to define uni-directional and bi-directional Naming, and identify a procedure to induce the capability. 2. Participants will be able to define speaker-as-own listener behavior, give examples and identify a procedure that has been shown to teach SOL operants. 3. Participants will be able to define conditioned seeing as it relates to naming and identify a procedure to test for CS.
 

The Prevalence of Uni-Directional and Bi-Directional Naming in One to Three-Year-Old Children: An Analysis of the Number of Naming Experiences to Acquisition

(Applied Research)
Cesira K. Farrell (Fred S. Keller School), STAVRA NICOLE ROMAS (Fred S.Keller School), JeanneMarie Speckman-Kilroe (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

We tested 49 children between the ages of 18 and 36 month for the presence of the listener half (uni-directional) and full (bi-directional) Naming. Students were provided with Naming experiences which included the presentation of visual and auditory stimuli (participants saw and heard the names of pictures). Tests for uni-directional and bi-directional Naming were conducted after each three sessions of Naming experiences across four different stimuli. The results are discussed in terms of differences across chronological age groups and analyses of other relations are presented.

 
Conditioned Reinforcement for Delayed Drawing Responses as Related to Bidirectional Naming and Conditioned Seeing
(Applied Research)
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (Teachers College, Columbia University; Manhattanville College)
Abstract: The emergence of delayed drawing responses to contrived novel stimuli as a potential component of bidirectional naming (BiN) repertoires was investigated with participants diagnosed with autism in three experiments, all utilizing a delayed multiple probe design. In Experiment I, BiN and delayed drawing responses were assessed as a measure of conditioned seeing. Six participants were matched for level of verbal behavior then assigned to a multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) or control group. Results indicated emergence of BiN and conditioned seeing repertoires only for students in the MEI experimental group. Experiment II studied the emergence of BiN repertoires as a function of operant conditioning procedures following the delivery of an echoic with two participants who initially demonstrated delayed drawing but did not demonstrate BiN. Results indicated that BiN repertoires for contrived stimuli emerged following the intervention. Experiment III sought to further isolate the properties of the operant conditioning procedure by eliminating the echoic with four participants who did not demonstrate BiN or delayed drawing. Results indicated that BiN and delayed drawing repertoires emerged following the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for observing and drawing novel contrived stimuli, providing evidence that a history of conditioned reinforcement is crucial in incidental language acquisition.
 

An Investigation Into the Speaker-as-Own-Listener Repertoire and Reverse Intraverbal Responding

(Applied Research)
CESIRA K. FARRELL (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract:

I conducted 2 experiments investigating the relations between speaker-as-own-listener cusps and responding to reverse intraverbals. Speaker-as-own-listener (SOL) cusps include, Naming, Say-Do Correspondence and Self-Talk Fantasy Play. During a pilot experiment, I found the source of the problem in 2 participants' learning was their deficient speaker-as-own-listener repertoires. Participants in the pilot lacked Say-Do and Self-Talk developmental cusps. Following a Self-Talk Immersion intervention, Say-Do was induced for both participants and coincidentally; correct responses to reverse intraverbals emerged. In Experiment I, I continued examining relations between the speaker-as-own-listener repertoire and intraverbal responding with a statistical analysis of 35 Early Intervention (EI) and Preschool students recruited from CABAS model schools who functioned at listener and speaker levels of verbal behavior. Findings from Experiment I indicated that the presence of Say-Do Correspondence and Self-Talk were significantly correlated to correct responses to reverse intraverbals. Experiment II was a functional analysis, during which 5 participants were selected from an EI classroom due to their similar levels of verbal behavior, deficient SOL repertoire, and because they could not respond to reverse intraverbals. Results indicated a functional relation between the presence of Say-Do Correspondence and Self-Talk and correct responses to intraverbal probes for all 5 participants.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #64
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Behavioral Consultation: Past, Present, and Future

Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Scott P. Ardoin, Ph.D.
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
WILLIAM ERCHUL (University of California, Riverside)
William P. Erchul, Ph.D., ABPP, is a Professor in the Graduate School of Education at the University of California, Riverside, and the Director of its Ph.D. training program in School Psychology. He has previously served as Professor of Psychology at North Carolina State University and Research Professor at Arizona State University. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, recipient of APA Division 16's Lightner Witmer Award, Past President of the American Academy of School Psychology, and Past President of the Society for the Study of School Psychology. His primary research program centers on interpersonal processes and outcomes associated with psychological consultation and instructional coaching, and he has focused on issues of relational communication, social influence, and technology in much of this research. Dr. Erchul has been described as being "at the forefront of research on school consultation and coaching over the past 25 years" (Schultz, Arora, & Mautone, 2015). He has produced over 100 scholarly works, has been associate editor of School Psychology Quarterly, and has served on the editorial review boards of nine scholarly journals.
Abstract:

Behavioral consultation (BC), wherein a consultant changes a target client's behavior by working directly with a mediator (e.g., K-12 teacher) who serves as interventionist, has long been an important topic in school psychology and applied behavior analysis. This presentation examines key historical developments in BC, such as the impact of Bergan, Kratochwill, and others' verbal interaction and competency-based training research, and then considers the state of current BC practice in schools and related settings. The presentation concludes with some speculations about how technology will affect future BC practice.

Target Audience:

Practitioners who work with school-age clients

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) compare and contrast key elements of consultation and direct service provision; (2) describe major components of the behavioral consultation model; (3) identify significant findings from the behavioral consultation literature relative to issues of professional practice and training; (4) recognize the current role of behavioral consultation in school-based practice; (5) contemplate the future of behavioral consultation.
 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
ABA Adds Unique Value to Suicidology and Law Enforcement
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Discussant: Mark P. Groskreutz (Southern Connecticut State University)
CE Instructor: Kent A. Corso, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Over the last several years, the public has increasingly paid attention to problems associated with suicide and law enforcement. Each presents its own set of controversy, challenges and barriers to progress. This symposium focuses on real world sets of data, using Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to reveal new insights and patterns within the fields of contemporary suicidology and law enforcement. The presentations offer solutions and recommendations using ABA principles while also leveraging ABA to teach the audience about these respective subject areas. One talk elucidates a novel analysis of the Air National Guard's Suicide Prevention Program. It uses recently obtained data and analyses to highlight predictive variables, risk factors and protective factors which have previously been unknown to the military community. It concludes with recommendations for more effective suicide prevention. The second presentation addresses a common source of concern among U.S. citizens pertaining to the use of force by police and the coverage of this issue in the media. This discussion centers around the ways in which ABA can offer solutions for the analysis of these data and the training of law enforcement officers in the future, as that community aspires to prevent the inappropriate use of force.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): law enforcement, media, military, suicide
Target Audience:

This is appropriate for psychologists and those in the behavior analysis community interested in continuing education.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Analyze the discrepancies between media reports of police use of force and actual data about police use of force. 2) Analyze the relationships between suicide and system-level variables. 3) Discuss the various applications of ABA to improving law enforcement and suicide prevention.
 
Why Law Enforcement Needs Applied Behavior Analysis
(Theory)
AMY D. WIECH (ABC Group, Inc. Hawaii)
Abstract: Police use of force occurs in less than 1.5% of police-citizen contacts (Miller, 2015). However, recent high profile use of deadly force incidents such as the Michael Brown and Freddie Gray shootings have sparked national debates and public outcry on this topic. The national climate of police trust has been compromised. Former FBI Director, James Comey, has recently suggested that the increased frequency of use of force related media coverage has had a maladaptive impact on police behavior (Lowery, 2015). The purpose of this talk is to examine the recent trends in of use of force and associated variables with recent, publicly available data. The authors contend that discrepancies exist between media reports and raw data of lethal conflict between law enforcement and suspects. The authors discuss the shortcomings of the data in this area of the field and the negative impact that media reports bear on the social exchanges between the police and the public (Bolgiano, Banks, and Patterson, 2016). They cite how current police agencies adopt practices, tactics and programs despite the gap in evidence about the effectiveness of these strategies. The authors suggest several behavior analytic solutions to improving law enforcement training with evidence-based practices.
 

Suicides in the Air National Guard: Predictive Models and a Reduction Recipe

(Applied Research)
KENT A. CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC), James Meador (Grand Canyon University), Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center), Michael Kondis (Xcelerate Innovations LLC)
Abstract:

Suicides continue to be one of the top ten causes of death in the United States. Among adolescents it is within the top three. Within the military, suicide continues to plague service members, leaving military families torn and leaders baffled and frustrated. Since 2008, military suicide exceeded civilian ones (Army Institute of Public Health, 2011) and have not yet returned below the civilian rates. Shockingly, no civilian or military organization, state or locality has successfully maintained a reduced suicide rate despite a variety of suicide prevention programs (Corso et al., 2017). A recent meta-analysis of risk factors for suicide reveals that the field’s predictive capabilities are poor (Franklin et al., 2017). The authors discuss the results of a program evaluation pilot of Airmen in the Air National Guard (ANG). Unlike the variables the field has historically examined, the authors evaluated system-level factors (i.e., those to which the entire ANG population are exposed) which may be mitigated by military leaders at the population level. System-level risk and protective factors are discussed, as well as an empirical model for predicting suicide in the ANG and suggested solutions for reducing suicide among Airmen.

 
 
Panel #66
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies for ABA Provider Staff Retention: A Benchmark Study
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom E
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Rick Gutierrez, M.S.
Chair: Rick Gutierrez (Easterseals Southern California)
MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
PAULA POMPA-CRAVEN (Easterseals Southern California)
ALYSSA KAVNER (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract:

The insurance mandate in California has led to organizations taking great steps towards hiring and retaining talent. In late 2014 Easterseals (ESSC) Autism Services convened a work group chartered to focus on improving employee recruitment and retention. Over the last two years the group worked to find contributing factors to retention, identify barriers to higher levels of retention, and to define strategies to improve recruitment and better retain the individuals in the organization. The work group developed two questions that prevented them from taking large scale next steps:1) Is the level of retention at ESSC within an acceptable range compared to similar organizations? 2) Are the barriers identified by the work group the ?right ones?, and if so, what are best-practice mitigating solutions? Early analysis found a lack of benchmark data in the industry surrounding acceptable retention rates. As a result, outside consultants were hired to benchmark the level of retention at ESSC against similar organizations across the country. This panel will review the results of the retention benchmark study and discuss strategies surrounding associate retention. Dialogue around best practices will include audience sharing and participation.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs Organizational Leaders

Learning Objectives: 1) To understand how your organization's retention benchmarks against other ABA service providers 2) To learn the leading causes of employee separation from ABA service providers 3) To generate strategies to increase employee retention
 
 
Symposium #68
CE Offered: BACB
Progressive Approaches to Reinforcer Identification, Assessment, and Techniques
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation)
CE Instructor: Julia Ferguson, M.S.
Abstract:

A key component of comprehensive behavioral interventions for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is the provision of reinforcement. Several methods have been designed and evaluated within the literature to identify potential reinforcing events (e.g., multiple stimulus without replacement; MSWO). Once potential reinforcers have been identified it is common for those to be used within a reinforcement system, such as a token system. The purpose of this symposium is to present three studies that evaluated the methods of reinforcement identification, assessment, and the use thereof. The first presentation evaluated the effectiveness of a magic number token system to increase the frequency of comments during snack for children diagnosed with ASD. The second presentation evaluated the use of a level system to improve synchronous engagement (SE) within two dyads of children diagnosed with ASD. The final presentation compared the rate of responding when potentially reinforcing items were identified using a MSWO preference assessment or through in-the-moment reinforcer analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, level system, preference assessment, token system
Target Audience:

RBTs, BCaBAs, BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify empirically validated ways to identify potential reinforcers (2) List some limitations and strengths of various methods of identifying potential reinforcers (3) Identify two systematic, yet flexible reinforcement techniques
 

Evaluating the Use of a Magic Number Token System to Increase Commenting for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
CHRISTINE MILNE (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Token systems are commonly used throughout the course of treatment for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Token systems commonly involve a predetermined number of tokens required to be earned prior to their exchange for a terminal reinforcer. The effectiveness of token systems implemented in this manner have been well documented within the literature. One alternative to a static number of tokens earned, is altering that number based upon learner responding and having the number remain unknown to the learner until the moment of exchange (i.e., a magic number token system). This type of a system requires in-the-moment assessment by the interventionist. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a magic number token system to increase the frequency of comments during snack for children diagnosed with ASD. The results of a multiple baseline across children will be discussed as well as future research and clinical recommendations.

 

Use of a Level System to Improve Synchronous Engagement for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Level systems have been described as a framework which can be used to shape behavior through the systematic application of behavioral principles. Within level systems, an individual moves up and down through various levels contingent upon displaying specific behaviors. While level systems have been evaluated across a wide variety of settings using group contingences, their use on an individual level has received considerably less attention. Furthermore, to date, the authors are only aware of one study that has utilized a level system with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of a level system to improve synchronous engagement (SE) within two dyads of children diagnosed with ASD. The results of an ABAB reversal design demonstrated that the level system was effective at improving SE for both dyads. Future research and clinical recommendations will be discussed.

 

Comparing Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement to the in-the-Moment Reinforcer Analysis

(Service Delivery)
ADITT ALCALAY (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

The provision of reinforcement to increase the frequency of desired behaviors is a crucial element of behavior analytic intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Formal preference assessments, like the multiple stimulus without replacement procedure (MSWO), are often used to determine potential reinforcers for use during intervention. While these types of assessments have been widely demonstrated as effective, there is little empirical evidence to support that these rigorous methods of reinforcement identification produce higher rates of responding compared to more efficient methods (i.e., in-the-moment reinforcer analysis; IMRA). The purpose of this study was to compare the rate of responding on a sorting task when potentially reinforcing items were identified through the use of a MSWO preference assessment or through IMRA. The results of alternating treatments design will be discussed in terms of rate of responding, efficiency, reinforcer selection, and interventionist rationale. Future research and clinical recommendations will also be discussed.

 
 
Panel #69
CE Offered: BACB
Varieties of Experience in Establishment of Behavior Analyst Licensure: Reports From States With Newly Established Licensure
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D.
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
KATHERINE MIRIAM JOHNSON-PATAGOC (Texana Center)
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
JACKIE MOHLER (Family Outreach)
Abstract:

Beginning in 2009, 28 states in the United States have established licensure for behavior analysts. Not only does the nature of licensure vary across states, the processes and experiences of behavior analysts involved in establishing such licensure has varied greatly. Behavior analysts in some state some experienced little difficulty or opposition with the process being relatively brief while those in other states experienced much difficulty, dealt with opposition from members of other professions with the effort require multiple legislative sessions. In this discussion, the experiences of behavior analysts in 4 states where behavior analyst licensure was established in the last 2 years will be discussed. Information will be presented regarding the experiences in Michigan, South Dakota, Montana, and Texas. The discussion will include comparison of experiences, strategies and tactics of the states as well as recommendations for other states where licensure has not as yet been established. This discussion will be helpful for behavior analysts considering pursuing licensure in other states and will provide important information for persons interested in the history of the profession of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in establishment of state licensure of behavior analysts and persons interested in the history and ongoing development of the profession of behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will state the names of at least 2 of the 4 states in which behavior analyst licesnure was most recently established. 2. Attendees will state at least 2 difficulties experienced by behavior analysts in related to establishing licensure. 3. Attendees will state at least 2 tactics used in addressing opposition to behavior analyst licensure by members of other professions. 4. Attendees will state at least 2 recommendations for behavior analysts interested in establishment of licensure.
Keyword(s): Behavior analysis, licensure, state regulation
 
 
Invited Tutorial #70
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Open-Sourcing Behavior Analysis: Technology for Enhancing Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D.
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Presenting Authors: : SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (National University of Ireland)
Abstract:

This tutorial provides a primer on open-source software designed for behavior analysts and behavioral scientists. The review includes an overview of existing works and highlights software designed to extend the range and precision of behavior analytic work. This tutorial also discusses the emerging role of open-source software and software repositories as necessary adjuncts to peer-reviewed works and evidence-based tools. For researchers, open-source repositories provide an additional means for increasing the transparency, replicability, and extendibility of existing approaches. For practitioners specifically, several open-source tools provide applied behavior analysts with additional clinical information that was previously unavailable without substantial time, complicated data collection, and statistical training. Topics covered will include delay discounting, applied behavioral economics, and severe behavior and the tutorial provides examples of how such software can be applied in both clinical work and research. The specific operations performed by these tools include non-linear curve fitting, model selection, inter-rater reliability, and time-based lag sequential analyses.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) apply statistical operations to clinical and research data; (2) identify and acquire software tools for use in research and practice; (3) incorporate behavior analytic software into their research and practice.
 
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (National University of Ireland)
Dr. Shawn Gilroy received his Ph.D. from Temple University, in School Psychology and Behavior Analysis. While training at both the Munroe-Meyer and the Kennedy Krieger Institutes, his research focused on the incorporation and development of technology to enhance clinical measurements and analyses. He is presently on a Marie Sklodowska-Curie research fellowship in Ireland at the National University of Ireland at Galway and his focus is on developing free and open-source communication tools for children with autism and intellectual disabilities and their caregivers. The goal of his current project is to establish low-cost, evidence-based hardware and software that can be used by schools and families in conjunction with evidence-based treatments for individuals with communication disorders (i.e., tablet and specialized software for under $50 total). Beyond hardware and software development, his interests also include the use of technology to enhance analyses of decision-making, adapt behavior economic analyses to clinical applications, and model intertemporal choice.
 
 
Symposium #72
CE Offered: BACB
Variables Affecting Tact Acquisition and Outcomes of Tact Instruction
Saturday, May 26, 2018
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tracy L. Lepper (McNeese State University)
CE Instructor: Tracy L. Lepper, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skinner (1957) described the tact as the most important of the verbal operants, as a tact repertoire provides foundational building blocks for the establishment of more complex verbal behavior. This symposium presents basic and applied research on variables involved in the establishment of tact control and the effects of tact acquisition on other behavior. The first study compared the the efficiency of most-to-least prompting and error correction procedures in tact instruction for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The second study evaluated the effects of stimulus preference on typically developing children's acquisition of tacts and the subsequent emergence of mands and listener relations. The third study, also conducted with typically developing children, addressed the role of echoic responding in emergent tact control by assessing the effects of stimulus presentation order on control by visual stimuli over vocal responses following contiguous presentation of visual and verbal stimuli.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts; graduate students; scientists; other professionals

 

Comparing Error Correction to Most-to-Least Prompting to Train Tact Relations for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Randomized Clinical Trial Study

(Applied Research)
JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

In this study we compared most-to-least prompting to an error correction procedure to teach 26 children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) tact relations. The children were randomly assigned to either a most-to-least prompting condition or an error correction condition. Three sets of two cartoon characters, for a total of six, were targeted for children in both groups. Child responding was evaluated prior, during, fand following intervention. Additionally, the efficiency of the two procedures was evaluated through daily probes. Various statistical analyses were conducted to determine if there were any significant differences between the two conditions. The purpose of this presentation is to describe the procedures implemented in both conditions, the results, implications for future research. Furthermore, the results of this randomized control trial has several implications for clinical practice for those training tact relations for individuals diagnosed with ASD, which will also be discussed.

 

Effects of Pictorial Preference for Target Stimuli During Tact Training

(Basic Research)
JIMMY F TRAHAN (McNeese State University), Tracy L. Lepper (McNeese State University), Charlotte Lynn Carp (Southeastern Louisiana University)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that tact training with preferred stimuli facilitated the emergence of mands compared to tact training with nonpreferred stimuli in persons with intellectual disabilities (Wallace, Iwata, & Hanley, 2006). The present study seeks to replicate and extend the previous research by (a) testing typically developing children, (b) mediating some of the limitations of the mand condition and (c) testing for emergent listener responses. We trained participants to tact 3 highly preferred and 3 nonpreferred pictures of different cat breeds in Set 1, and different dog breeds in Set 2. To date, tact training is currently being conducted with two participants. Results are consistent with previous research in which acquisition of tacts is similar across both preferred and nonpreferred stimuli conditions.

 

Tact Emergence Following Contiguous Presentation of Verbal and Nonverbal Stimuli: Does Echoic Responding Play a Role?

(Basic Research)
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Stephanie Neaves (Texas Christian University), Orlexia Thomas (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

Tact control over vocal responses may emerge in the absence of reinforcement after exposure to contiguous presentation of verbal and nonverbal stimuli. The present study examined whether covert echoic responding in the presence of the visual stimulus facilitated tact control. In Experiment 1, four children were exposed to contiguous presentation of nonverbal and verbal stimuli followed by tests for tact control over vocal responses. For three stimulus sets, the verbal stimulus was presented before the visual stimulus. For the other three, the visual stimulus was presented before the verbal stimulus, making it impossible to echo the verbal stimulus in the presence of the visual stimulus. Each participant received one session of exposure to each set. No child tacted more than one stimulus per set correctly, but correct tacts were ususally under appropriate stimulus control. Tacts were equally likely to emerge in both conditions. In Experiment 2, two children received repeated exposure to the same stimuli until tacts emerged to criterion in at least one condition. Again, there was no advantage of verbal-first presentation. Experiment 3 replicated Experiment 1 while introducing overlap between verbal and nonverbal stimuli; preliminary results indicate increased tact emergence, but no effect of presentation order.

 
 
Symposium #87
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Matrix Training for Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Corina Jimenez-Gomez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Matrix training is a form of generative instruction that guides the manner in which teaching targets are selected. As a result of using this teaching approach, a subset of targets is directly taught and learned, while learning of other targets emerges without direct teaching, known as recombinative generalization. The studies presented in this symposium include a range of applications of matrix training to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Jimenez-Gomez et al. present studies in which matrix training was employed to teach verbal operants and play skills to young children with ASD. The focus of these studies was to use matrix training to program for generalization within and across operant classes. Frampton et al. employed matrix training to teach color-shape tacts using known components. This work replicates and extends previous findings showing the usefulness of matrix training for teaching complex tact skills. Finally, Groskreutz et al. present a study of the application of matrix training to sociodramatic play behaviors and tacting objects and prepositions. They discuss the importance of understanding sources of stimulus control when considering expanding the learner's repertoire.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): early intervention, matrix training, recombinative generalization, verbal operants
Target Audience:

RBTs, ABA Master's and PhD students, and BCBAs working with children with autism spectrum disorder

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the use of matrix training in teaching children with ASD; (2) describe recombinative generalization; and (3) identify situations in which matrix training would be a useful teaching approach.
 

Matrix Training as an Early Intervention Tool for Expanding Verbal and Social Repertoires of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Regina Nastri (Florida Institute of Technology), Jessebelle Pichardo (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology & The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

Communication and play imitation deficits are common in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Using generative instruction, such as matrix training, instructors teach a subset of skills and new skills emerge without direct teaching. Such an approach can result in a faster acquisition of functional skills in children with delays associated with ASD diagnosis. Matrix training has been used to teach preschool-aged children with ASD spelling, writing, receptive identification, and pretend play skills. We recently used matrix training as a generative instruction approach to expand the listener and tacting repertoires of toddlers with ASD (Exp. 1) and to obtain transfer across verbal operants (e.g., tacting to listener responding) and other operant classes (e.g., tacting to play; Exp. 2) in five-year-old boys with ASD. We will discuss the usefulness of matrix training as an instructional strategy for early intervention programming, specifically in the area of communication and play.

 

A Replication and Extension of Matrix Training to Teach Tacts to Children With Autism

GARET S. EDWARDS (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Frampton (May Institute), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Hansen (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Abstract:

Matrix training consists of pre-planning instruction by arranging components of desired skills across a minimum of two axes. The procedures are designed to promote efficiency in instruction and generally include assessment of untrained targets following intervention. The purpose of this study was to replicate and extend past research by incorporating an additional generalization matrix and targeting color-shape tacts with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Matrix training was conducted with six males with ASD who were between the ages of 4 years 1 month and 5 years 4 months within a language clinic. Three matrices were developed for each participant (e.g., Matrix 1, Generalization Matrix 1, and Generalization Matrix 2) with known components (i.e., colors and shapes). Following baseline, diagonal training was conducted with Matrix 1 to teach participants to emit combined tacts (e.g., "red heart"). Results of post-tests were used to determine which, if any, remedial procedures were necessary. Results from all six participants indicated that mastery criteria were eventually met for Matrix 1. For five participants, mastery criteria were also eventually met with generalization matrices. Results replicate findings from prior studies and further demonstrate the utility of applying matrix training to complex tact skills.

 

Establishing Tact and Listener Responses Under the Control of Multiple Stimuli Using Matrix Training Procedures

NICOLE C GROSKREUTZ (University of Saint Joseph), Jessica Allen (University of Saint Joseph), Kathryn Falvey (University of Saint Joseph), Nicholas Cuff (University of Saint Joseph), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Matrix training procedures are an effective means of establishing various skills, including sociodramatic play and preliteracy listener responses, and tacts under control of multiple stimuli. When matrix training procedures are used, participants are systematically exposed to multiple pairings of stimuli, which come to exert stimulus control together in order for learners to produce correct responses. We are currently employing matrix training procedures to teach young children with autism to engage in sociodramatic play behaviors, and to teach elementary-aged children with autism to tact objects and prepositions (e.g., "The book is behind the box."). For one completed participant, matrix training procedures established sociodramatic play responses, which then generalized to unstructured play sessions, with novel toys, and a parent serving as play partner. In the matrix training literature, learned relations among stimuli are often discussed as either trained relations (i.e., those combinations of stimuli presented during training), or instances of recombinative generalization (i.e., responses to pairs of stimuli that were presented in training only as components of different combinations). We will discuss our results in consideration of the potential utility of clarifying the sources of stimulus control established through matrix training, to facilitate learners incorporating new information into previously acquired matrices.

 
 
Symposium #89
CE Offered: BACB
Exposure to Social Skill Opportunities in a Clinic-Based ABA Program: What Did We Improve?
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Laura Sabin Milstrey (The BISTÅ Center)
CE Instructor: Cailin M Ockert, M.S.
Abstract:

This study reviews specific social skills programming and exposure to social opportunities and their effects on problem behavior rates for children diagnosed with ASD and other developmental delays. The setting for the study was a clinic-based ABA program designed to help children with various diagnoses respond in groups, follow instructions, and improve social skills for school readiness purposes. Three participants between the ages of 3-5 were evaluated in this study. Each participant was one of 5-7 children present in the program. Target programming consisted of say-do correspondence, functional play skills and interactive play skills, and engaging in reciprocal play. Problem behavior data was also reviewed and correlated in order to assess weather social skill improvements could correspond to changes in problem behavior rates. The results show that each participant's social target improved significantly. Some are now able to interact with peers in the program setting, and some exhibited a decreased rate of problem behaviors once their specific skill was mastered. Future research should include classroom wide social skill improvement measures and a review of data on how many redirections are given from teachers/technicians once specific social skills are taught.

Keyword(s): Autism, Behavior Reduction, Clinic-Based ABA, Social Skills
Target Audience:

BCBA in clinical practice, all BCBAs, people interested in social skills, applied professionals.

Learning Objectives: How to teach social skills using new programming based on research Teaching Functional Play Skills Exposure to Social Skills improves Social Skills Increasing Parallel Play with Peers
 

Using Say-Do Correspondence to Teach Social Skills and Reduce Problem Behaviors

(Applied Research)
CAILIN M OCKERT (The BISTÅ Center)
Abstract:

Say-Do Correspondence was used to increase social interactions and reduce the aggression, and property destruction of two participants diagnosed with ASD. The participants were both male, ages 4 and 5. The setting was a clinic-based ABA program which was designed to work on group skills in order to improve the school readiness skills of our clients. The participants were asked what they wanted to play or do during transitions in the classroom, or during breaks from specific DTT programming. Previously, these participants would engage in problem behaviors during transitions or unstructured time. Once each participant identified what they were going to do, the RBT would prompt them to say "I am going to go ____" or "I am going to play _____" and then allow the participant to engage in the stated behavior. Once this phase was mastered, and the participants were above 80% accurate in doing what they stated, they moved the stated action to a social interaction. For example, the RBT would ask "Should we play _____ or _____ next?", in which each choice involved a peer already engaging in that activity. The participants would make a choice, the RBT would prompt them to say "I am going to go play ______ with _______" and then allow the participant to engage in the stated interaction. Results show increased social interactions and reduced problem behaviors for both participants. Future research should include a larger participant sample as well as varied levels in functioning.

 

How Social Opportunities in a Developmental Setting Build Reciprocation Skills

(Applied Research)
JESSIE MARSHALL (The BISTÅ Center)
Abstract:

Teaching social skills to children with developmental delays in the community can be difficult as prompting random peers to engage with the child is not possible. Using a developmental setting with 8 peers with similar diagnoses, each equipped with a personal behavior technician, social skills were targeted in this study through both natural and contrived situations that mimic opportunities found in a typical classroom. The child identified for this study is a 3-year-old with no interests in peers, low tolerance of play being interrupted by peers and adults, and no ability to tolerate parallel play with preferred items. The child's treatment plan identified nine social objectives that would enable the child to interact with peers through play by developing reciprocal play and initiating and responding to peer requests. Prompts used in this study included modeling actions performed by peers, modeling appropriate play schemes, and modeling delivering a "stop" or "no" PECS card to a peer to end a non-preferred interaction.

 

Increasing Functional Play Skill in a Center-Based Environment

(Applied Research)
LAURA SABIN MILSTREY (The BISTA Center)
Abstract:

Teaching play skills is a valuable skill to target for kids when working on imitation skills and preparing for beginner social skills. This current study examined the effectiveness teaching individual play actions using various play sets during center-based sessions. The participant is a four-year old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and Phelan-McDermid Syndrome. In each phase, the participant participated in a two-minute probe to assess current skills and then spent up to 10 minutes in teaching trials for skills that were not shown. During an initial intake, the participant displayed zero play skills and only engaged in property destruction. Preliminary results indicate that the participant was able to learn new play skills across the first initial playsets introduced to him. A wooden train set was the first playset introduced. This target had to be modified to take into account the participants fine motor skills and additional staff training.

 
 
Symposium #90
CE Offered: BACB
A Discussion on Social Referencing, Empathy and Joint Attending
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elena Garcia-Albea (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
CE Instructor: Sandra R. Gomes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The communication and social-skill deficits characteristically displayed by learners with autism are wide ranging, especially in the areas of social referencing, empathy, and joint attending. In the first presentation, a behavioral conceptualization of social referencing will be expanded upon, and the role of discriminative stimuli, social reinforcers, and transitive conditioned motivating operations in the acquisition of the chain of responding in typically-developing children will be discussed. Assessment data supporting this conceptualization will also be discussed as well as treatment considerations for establishing social referencing in children with autism. The second presentation, will provide an overview of the development of empathy, different theories accounting for empathy deficits in children with autism, and behavioral interventions used to teach empathy to children with autism. In addition, suggestions for future research will be described. The third presentation will describe an overview of a study that evaluated whether a three-component strategy consisting of (a) a general-case analysis, (b) multiple-exemplar training, and (c) experimenter-defined categories along with auditory scripts and script-fading, a trial-unique procedure, prompts and prompt-fading, and socially mediated consequences effectively established a generalized repertoire of initiating joint attending in four young children with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Joint Attending, Perspective taking,, Social Referencing, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate Students and Board Certified Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: Audience Members will: 1) Define Joint Attending and describe a way to teach it using multiple exemplar training 2) Identify the compound discriminative stimuli for empathetic responding 3) Define social referencing from a behavior analytic perspective
 
A Conceptual Analysis of Social Referencing
PAMELA NICHOLE PETERSON (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Social referencing is a social response that has been largely discussed in the developmental literature. Behaviorally-defined as a discriminated operant consisting of a chain of responses following the presentation of a novel or ambiguous stimulus, social referencing is lacking in children with autism. Over the last several years, behavior analysts have begun to consider approaches most suitable to teaching this chain of responses to children with autism. A behavioral conceptualization of social referencing will be expanded upon, and the role of discriminative stimuli, social reinforcers, and transitive conditioned motivating operations in the acquisition of the chain of responding in typically-developing children will be discussed. Assessment data supporting this conceptualization will be discussed as well as treatment considerations for establishing social referencing in children with autism will be discussed. Interobserver agreement was collected in 33% of attention to distress assessment sessions for CWA and averaged 94% with a range of 82%-100%.
 

A Brief Review of the Literature of Empathy With Suggestions for Future Research

ELENA GARCIA-ALBEA (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Abstract:

The communication and social-skill deficits characteristically displayed by learners with autism are wide ranging. In particular, many children with autism have a marked impairment in the use of multiple nonverbal behaviors to regulate social interaction and communication. Children with autism who display empathy, which consists of appropriate concern and interest when others are sad, excited, or frustrated, will likely increase their opportunities for future interaction with peers and family members. Although investigations of empathetic behavior are not new to developmental psychology, behavior analysts have only recently begun to investigate this topic, both theoretically and empirically. Instead of assuming that an empathetic repertoire emerges as a function of development, behavior analysts contend that specific learning histories give rise to this complex, higher-order skill. Therefore, establishing the necessary learning history may help remediate deficits in empathetic responding often observed in individuals with autism. This review provides an overview of the development of empathy, different theories accounting for empathy deficits in children with autism, and behavioral interventions used to teach empathy to children with autism. In addition, suggestions for future research are described.

 

Establishing a Generalized Repertoire of Initiating Joint Attending With Children With Autism

SANDRA R. GOMES (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated whether a three-component strategy consisting of (a) a general-case analysis, (b) multiple-exemplar training, and (c) experimenter-defined categories along with auditory scripts and script-fading, a trial-unique procedure, prompts and prompt-fading, and socially mediated consequences effectively established a generalized repertoire of initiating joint attending in four young children with autism. One hundred forty stimuli consisting of 20 in each of 7 experimenter-defined categories were used to program for generalization for joint attending from trained to untrained stimuli. Two categories of 20 stimuli each were reserved for assessment of generalization. A multiple-baseline across-participants design with a multiple probe was used to assess the effectiveness of the treatment package on the establishment of a generalized repertoire of initiating joint attending. All four participants learned to make initiations for joint attending in the presence of training stimuli. In addition, all participants displayed response and stimulus generalization. That is, all scripts were successfully removed and participants continued to engage joint attending. Also, joint attending generalized from trained settings, interaction partners, and categories of stimuli to an untrained setting, interaction partner, and categories of stimuli. Joint attending skills also maintained at two-week and one-month follow-up assessments.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #91
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

When Training and Coaching Aren’t Enough: Changing Practice and Outcomes in Low-Resource Public Schools

Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
DAVID MANDELL (University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine)
Dr. Mandell directs the Center for Mental Health Policy and Services Research. Dr. Mandell is also Associate Director of the Center for Autism Research at The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia. The goal of his research is to improve the quality of care individuals with autism receive in their communities. This research is of two types. The first examines, at the state and national level, the effects of different strategies to organize, finance and deliver services on service use patterns and outcomes. The second consists of experimental studies designed to determine the best strategies to successfully implement proven-efficacious practices in community settings. Dr. Mandell holds a bachelor of arts in psychology from Columbia University and a doctorate of science from the Johns Hopkins School of Hygiene and Public Health.
Abstract:

The science of behavior change in children with autism is well developed and sophisticated. Much of the work of BCBA's in the school system involves changing and supporting the practices of educators working with these children. The science and practice of changing the behavior of educators lags far behind, however. Nowhere is this more evident than in low-resource public schools, where poor pre-service training, school resources, and organizational culture and climate all can contribute to inadequate implementation of evidence-based practices. In these situations, traditional consultation and training practices often don't result in desired change. In this presentation, I describe a 10-year public-academic partnership and line of research in Philadelphia through which we have developed the science and practice of supporting public school teachers working under difficult circumstances.

Target Audience:

BCBAs and other professionals who provide consultation and training to teachers working with children with autism.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list 5 barriers to use of evidence-based practices that are common in low-resource public schools; (2) explain a conceptual model that articulates non-traditional, potentially effective targets for changing teacher behavior; (3) apply new methods to consulting and coaching teachers of children with autism in low-resource schools.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #95
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Using Evidence-Based Kernels to Create Nurturing Environments in Groups and Organizations

Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom G
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Magnus Johansson, M.S.
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth)
MAGNUS JOHANSSON (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Magnus Johansson is a licensed psychologist, former CEO of a private care organization, and for the last 9 years he has been working as a consultant, primarily with leadership and group/organization development using Organizational Behavior Management and Contextual Behavioral Science. Clients include private and public sector organizations with a very wide variety of types of business. During the last two years Magnus has collaborated with Leif Andersson to develop and deliver a time-efficient management training intervention for the Swedish Migration Agency. Magnus has also done work on cultural adaption and pilot testing of the PAX Good Behavior Game in Sweden, as well as being involved in the ProSocial project (www.prosocial.world). He has recently initiated a research project at the Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences, aiming to develop behavioral measures of Nurturing Environments in groups and organizations, and to investigate the effects of multi-tier and multi-level interventions to improve nurturance, using the concept of evidence-based kernels.
Abstract:

Creating work environments that allow humans to thrive and be healthy over time, while also collaborating to increase efficiency in their work is a challenge for any kind of organization. Developing key skills and behaviors that become a natural part of the day to day work is a challenge for every behavior change consultant. An evidence-based kernel is a behavior–influence procedure shown through experimental analysis to affect specific behaviors (Embry & Biglan, 2008). Existing evidence shows that a variety of kernels can influence behavior in context, and evidence suggests that frequent or sufficient use of some kernels may produce longer lasting behavioral shifts. Nurturing Environments (Biglan, Flay, Embry & Sandler, 2012; Biglan, 2015) describes key areas in evolving a healthy culture: minimizing toxic social conditions, increasing reinforcement of prosocial behaviors, limiting problem behaviors, and promoting psychological flexibility in the pursuit of one’s values and goals. This presentation will show how these concepts, coming from research in prevention, can be applied in various ways in non-clinical contexts, with special focus on organizations, groups and communities.

Target Audience:

Professionals working with behavior change in any context, interested in doing practical work in evolving leadership, organizations and groups.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe Nurturing Environments and how the field of prevention science can provide useful concepts and interventions in non-clinical settings; (2) discuss several evidence-based kernels and their application in working with leadership and group development; (3) provide examples from a leadership program with specifics of how to use the concept of evidence-based kernels in delivering training.
 
 
Symposium #96
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Guidance or Compliance: What Makes an Ethical Behavior Analyst?
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: PCH/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington)
Discussant: Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Nancy Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 2016, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board released a new revised ethical code for the field: The Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. In this revised code, the board has shifted the language of the code from that of a set of guidelines to that of a set of enforceable rules. This important shift has not been well discussed in the field. In this symposium, we explore the potential implications and perhaps inadvertent consequences of such a shift and propose that a focus on a process of ethical decision making, rather than on an increasing set of rules, may be a better way to promote ethical behavior within the field. We propose a possible ethical decision making process and give a case example of how the process would be used in confronting an ethical dilemma.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compliance code, ethics
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1) Learners will understand the ethical approach taken by the current ethical code and the implications of that approach 2) Learners will understand other approaches to ethical decision making 3) Learners will be learn of a possible ethical decision making process and how to use it.
 
Ethical Decision Making
(Theory)
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Abstract: Abstract: This presentation will discuss the rule-based ethical approach currently being taken by the BACB and the potential implications of that approach. It will provide an overview of other historical approaches to ethical decision making and their strengths and weaknesses and will propose that a focus on an ethical decision making process rather than a focus on compliance with a set of rules might better promote ethical decision making within the field of behavior analysis.
 
An Ethical Decision Making Process for Behavior Analysts
(Theory)
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington)
Abstract: Abstract: This talk will outline a possible ethical decision making process developed to help behavior analysts carefully and methodically analyze ethical dilemmas encountered in their practice. The talk will outline the steps of the process and then present a case study example of how the process would be used to help resolve an ethical dilemma.
 
 
Panel #98
CE Offered: BACB
An Update on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D.
Chair: Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (University of Florida)
NEIL T. MARTIN (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The most current data on the BACB’s certification programs will be provided: Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst, and Registered Behavior Technician. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including changes to standards, new initiatives, and various international development activities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe recent BACB data trends. Participants will be able to describe the BACB’s recent developments. Participants will be able to describe key facets of the BACB’s international development efforts.
 
 
Panel #99
CE Offered: BACB
Moving To Electronic Data Collection: Lessons Learned and Tips From Four Organizations
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Paul W. Heering, M.A.
Chair: Paul W. Heering (May Institute)
JAIME STINE (Alpine Learning Group)
TYLER PROULX (Virginia Institute of Autism)
MICHELE D. MAYER (Horace Mann Educational Associates)
Abstract:

In recent years, many organizations have made the move from traditional pen and paper data collection systems to electronic systems. As behavior analysts, we take massive amounts of data in very structured formats, therefore this switch is not an easy transition and can cause anxiety for many. This panel discussion will allow four representatives from four different agencies providing behavior analysis services to tell the story of their transition to electronic systems. Panelists will focus on describing their organization and their transition to an electronic system. Each participant will also describe the steps that did and did not go well, things they know now but wish they knew before starting this process, and give tips to those looking to make a similar switch. The panelists have been chosen to ensure a wide variety of viewpoints and experiences. Panelists come from groups servicing from 50 to 1,000 clients, providing services in a range of settings (home, clinic, & schools), and users of three different electronic platforms. Discussion will include audience questions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Any behavior analyst currently collecting data on paper and considering moving to an electronic system.

Learning Objectives: 1. Learn benefits of electronic data collection 2. Learn drawbacks of electronic data collection 3. Learn tips for smooth transitions to electronic data collection
Keyword(s): Data Collection, Technology
 
 
Invited Tutorial #100
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Selection by Scientific Consequences in the Ecology of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D.
Chair: Adam E. Fox (St. Lawrence University)
Presenting Authors: : ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of New England)
Abstract:

Ecology is the study of how organisms relate to one another and to their physical environment. This tutorial presents three insights from an ecological approach to investigating the scientific behavior of behavior analysts. First, longstanding discussions of "foxes" and "hedgehogs" have divided us into behavior analysts who use a broad range of skills and those who rely on a more specialized skillset, but additional categories may be valuable as well. Second, we are all products of the training we receive. From an ecological perspective, behavior analysis training programs can be K-selective or r-selective, either investing heavily in a small number of students or training as many students as possible, with less time and resources invested in each one. Finally, organizing behavior analysis research into a taxonomy, as ecologists have organized life on earth, may help to identify knowledge gaps and emerging areas of future research. One system classifies the spectrum of empirical behavior analysis research into tiers based on the research subjects, target behavior, relevant stimuli and setting used. Viewing behavior analysts, training programs and research output as an ecosystem can enable us to apply the enormously successful methods of science to our own affairs.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use Marr's (1991) criteria to differentiate between foxes and hedgehogs in behavior analysis; (2) evaluate the merits and shortcomings of r- and K-selective training programs for educators and students; (3) classify research output according to taxonomic criteria.
 
ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of New England)
Liz Kyonka is a lecturer in Psychology at the University of New England in Armidale, Australia. Originally from Canada, she completed an Sc.B. in Cognitive Neuroscience at Brown University and a Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Canterbury, in Christchurch, New Zealand. Her research uses schedules of reinforcement to study behavioral mechanisms, with a specific focus on of choice adaptation and temporal learning. An emerging conceptual line of research explores how behavior principles operate on the scientific activities of behavior analysts. Her work has been funded by the National Science and Engineering Research Council of Canada and the National Science Foundation. Dr. Kyonka has served in executive roles for the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. Currently, she is on the ABAI Program Board and the editorial boards of Analysis of Gambling Behavior and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior.
 
 
Symposium #101
CE Offered: BACB
Manipulating Motivating Operations and Reinforcement Schedules to Increase the Verbal Repertoire of Individuals With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall C
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

For individuals with autism, effective instructional methods for increasing their communication repertoire is essential for preventing social impairments due to miscommunication or the occurrence of problem behavior. This makes initial instruction in foundational communication skills invaluable for future generalization and maintenance of skills. The first study addresses the impact of discrimination of negatively-reinforced mands by evaluating training methods for teaching participants to reject nonpreferred foods on which they were trained, generalization to novel nonpreferred foods, and maintenance over time. Authors for the second study take a strategy that has commonly been investigated for mands, manipulating motivating operations prior to instruction, to determine what effects presession attention has on acquisition of tacts and intraverbals. With the third study, authors promote early requisite behaviors for skill acquisition by demonstrating the utility of environmental arrangements, differential reinforcement, and demand fading procedures to promote choice allocation to instructional environments when demand requirements are high and schedule thinning occurs. Authors for the fourth study evaluated the effects of echoic prompts to increase mand utterance length from single word mands to more socially clear and acceptable mands using multi-word sentences. The discussant will deliver a synthesized conclusion and present future directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): mand, negative reinforcement, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who are clinicians or researchers. Appropriate for graduate students or individuals who already have their BCBA.

 

Discrimination and Generalization of Negatively-Reinforced Mands in Young Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Gabriela McWhorter (Old Dominion University)
Abstract:

In this study, we examined the generalization of negatively-reinforced mands in three young children with autism. First, we used example and nonexample stimuli embedded in mand training to teach a new, socially appropriate, negatively-reinforced mand to reject unpreferred food items while continuously assessing mand discrimination. Second, we evaluated the discriminated generalization of the newly acquired mand by using untrained example and nonexample stimuli. Finally, we conducted maintenance probes to examine if the new, discriminated mand occurred over time in the absence of training. Results suggest that our mand training produced acquisition of a discriminated negatively-reinforced mand in all three children. Data indicate that the newly acquired, discriminated mand generalized to untrained food items and was maintained after training was discontinued. We discuss clinical implications and the conceptual significance of using example and nonexample trials to produce acquisition, generalization, and maintenance of negatively-reinforced mands in young children with autism and language delays.

 
The Effects of Presession Attention on the Acquisition of Tacts and Intraverbals
(Applied Research)
MIRELA CENGHER (City University of New York, The Graduate Center), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of presession attention on the acquisition of tacts (Experiment 1) and intraverbals (Experiment 2) in children diagnosed with Autism. Each participant was exposed to 3 conditions. In the first 2 conditions, participants experienced a 15-min interval of either presession attention (PA) or no presession attention (NPA) followed by a teaching session. The third condition was a control condition. Across experiments, all participants acquired the verbal operants assigned to the NPA condition, whereas only four of the six participants acquired the verbal operants assigned to the PA condition. Five of the six participants required fewer sessions to meet the mastery criterion and a shorter duration of training for the verbal operants assigned to the NPA condition as compared to the PA condition. These outcomes suggest that antecedent manipulations traditionally reserved for mand training can positively affect the acquisition of other verbal operants. Theoretical implications are discussed.
 

Evaluation of Structured Interventions to Increase Response Allocation to Instructional Settings for Girls With Autism

(Applied Research)
TOM CARIVEAU (University of North Carolina Wilmington), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute), Arwa Alamoudi (University of Georgia), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center; Georgia State University), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder may engage in a variety of behaviors that influence the efficacy of early intervention programming (e.g., tantrums, disruptive behaviors, etc.). Behavior analysts may utilize a variety of strategies to reduce these competing behaviors and increase appropriate repertoires. However, these strategies may vary in efficacy and caregivers may express concerns when the child engages in problem behavior in a therapeutic setting. The current study describes the findings of a structured intervention protocol on problem behavior and alternative behavior (e.g., compliance, close proximity, etc.) for nine female participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and no vocal verbal behavior. The intervention included the arrangement of concurrent reinforcement schedules, demand fading, and differential reinforcement procedures without the use of physical guidance. Findings indicate that the topography of problem behavior differed across participants during baseline with seven participants completing all stages of the protocol. One participant did not complete the protocol due to high rates of motor stereotypy. For an additional participant, baseline rates of problem behavior were low, thus, progression through the protocol was not necessary. Implications for early intervention are discussed.

 

Effects of Echoic Prompts on Increasing Mand Utterance Length for Children with Autism

(Applied Research)
YANNICK ANDREW SCHENK (May Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute), Sarah Frampton (May Institute), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Hansen (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Mand training curricula often emphasize the teaching of single-word utterances (e.g., "cookie") to initially provide young learners with an efficient and functional form of communication to make requests. However, as a child's mand repertoire increases, it may be preferable to increase the mean length of utterances (MLU; e.g., "I want cookie"). A total of six children between ages of 4 and 6 years old who primarily manded and tacted using single words participated in the current study. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess the effects of a treatment on MLU. Following baseline probes, a treatment involving echoic prompts using two- to three-word utterances (mands) was used to increase participants' mean length of mands. Results indicated the use of echoic prompts was effective in increasing MLUs across all participants. Maintenance probes were conducted with one of the participants and results showed that MLUs maintained over four sessions.

 
 
Symposium #102
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Application of ABA Principles for Children With Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Upon increased awareness for evidence-based treatment in autism among caregivers, needs for ABA service in Korea have drastically escalated. Yet, qualified professionals are scarce and service materials are extremely limited. Our team has continuously worked on establishing an evidence-based assessment and treatment materials for the past 10 years. In this symposium, we are presenting research findings on newly developed assessment instruments for measuring the functions of problem behaviors, and social-perception ability. In addition, results and implications from 2 treatment outcome studies, a behavioral parenting program for decreasing problem behaviors and an app-based application program for improving social ability, will be shared. Specific details on developing and conducting research projects related to this topic will be beneficial to future researchers and clinicians.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D

 

Development and Validation of an App-Based Social Skills Program for Children With High-Functioning Autism

(Applied Research)
DONGJOO CHIN (Yonsei University), Eun Sun Chung (Yonsei University), Soojin Kim (Yonsei University), HyangKyeong Oh (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Deficits of social communication seen in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) can be explained by a lack of social skills and the inability to perceive faces. Although ABA can be used to improve social skills of children with ASD, limitations exist in terms of cost, accessibility, and effectiveness. The aim of this study was to develop and test the effectiveness of "Yface," a cost-effective and highly accessible evidence-based program. "Yface" consists of tasks that are designed to improve eye-contact, face perception and social cognition. Fifth-three high-functioning ASD children participated in the study and were randomly assigned to three groups: a social training ("Yface"), a cognitive training ("Ycog") and a control (waiting) group. The two training groups trained through the program for 10-15 minutes per day for 12 weeks, whereas the waiting group received usual care. Computerized cognitive tasks, the Faux-Pas test, behavioral observation, and an interview and surveys were conducted as pre- and post- assessments. A repeated measure ANOVA was used for data analysis. Result showed that the "Yface" group reported enhanced social reactivity, communication and face perception compared to the "Ycog" group and the waiting group. This indicates that the "Yface" program is effective in improving social cognition of children with ASD. Further efforts are needed for the implementation and dissemination of the program.

 

Understanding Subtle Emotions in Others: Applying the Yonsei Mindreading Face Battery (Y-CAM) in Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
EUN SUN CHUNG (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorders(ASD) are characterized by significant difficulties in emotion recognition, but the evidence-based assessment tool for this impairment is limited. Yonsei Mindreading Face Battery(Y-CAM) is developed to test subtle emotion recognition, including 113 facial stimuli video clips which has been modified to match Korean culture based on the Cambridge Mindreading Face Battery. The purpose of this study is to establish differential validity of the Y-CAM in detecting subtle emotion recognition in ASD on samples of adolescents with ASD and typically developing(TD) adults. In experiment 1, 60 adolescents with ASD completed 3 tasks consisting of Y-CAM, the Autism Quotient (AQ), and the Social Skills Improvement System(SSIS), whereas 121 TD adults completed 5 tasks consisting of Y-CAM, AQ, SSIS, Beck Depression Inventory(BDI) and State-Trait Anxiety Inventory(STAI). The results showed a significant positive correlation between Y-CAM and SSIS among ASD adolescents, while Y-CAM was significantly negatively correlated with AQ among TD adults. In experiment 2, youths with ASD were divided into 2 groups upon their ages and the accuracy of Y-CAM were compared. The results showed that children aged 5-10 showed significantly lower accuracy of emotion perception than adolescents aged 11-17. These results suggest that the Y-CAM is a sensitive tool to detect emotion recognition ability in both ASD adolescents and adults.

 

Effectiveness of Behavioral Parent Training on Reducing Problem Behaviors for Youths With Developmental Disabilities

(Applied Research)
SEO-I LEE (Yonsei University), Chunmae Lee (Yonsei University), Yuna Kim (Korea Institute for ABA)
Abstract:

Problem behaviors such as physical aggression, self-injury, defiance, stereotypy, and disruption are major barriers to the children and adolescents' social development and their parents' quality of life. Behavioral parent training (BPT) is one of the empirically supported interventions for improving problem behaviors and promoting effective parenting. The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of behavioral parent training (BPT) on reducing problem behaviors for youths with developmental disabilities (DD). Twenty-five parents of youths with DD participated in a BPT program for 12 weeks. Data on parent's quality of life, knowledge of behavior principles, parenting efficacy, parenting stress and depression were collected before and after the training. Parents also recorded frequency and severity of the target problem behaviors of their offspring. Paired t-test showed significant improvement on all dependent variables after the training. Bootstrapping, a computational nonparametric technique for "re-sampling," enables researchers to draw a conclusion about the characteristics of a population strictly from the existing sample rather than by making parametric assumptions about the estimator. Bootstrapping was used to compare the confidence intervals of the mean severity of problem behavior before and after training. The results showed that 64%(16 out of 25) youth showed significant reduction of their problem behaviors after the BPT training program, suggesting the BPT as an effective method to treat problem behaviors.

 

Comparison Between Teachers and Day Program Staff on the Functional Assessment for Challenging/Problem Behaviors for Persons With Developmental Disabilities

(Applied Research)
MINJOO LEE (Korea Institute for ABA), Hyeonsuk Jang (Korea Institute for ABA), Yuna Kim (Korea Institute for ABA), Daesung Seo (Yonsei University Graduate School Department of Psychology)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study is to compare the identified functions of problem behaviors between teachers and day program staff for persons with developmental disabilities (DD). 15 teachers (aged 23-57; 5 teachers completed two questionnaires; N = 20) and 25 staff members (aged 20-45; N = 25) who works for the DD population (aged 8-43) participated in this study. They completed one or two Functional Assessment for Challenging/Problem Behaviors (FAPB: Chung, Kim & Chung, 2017) questionnaires to evaluate the function of the problem behaviors of clients they work with. The FAPB is a 24-item scale used to identify 6 functions of problem behaviors (demand, self-stimulation, physical state, obsession and control, avoidance, attention) and its psychometric properties were well established. An independent t-test was conducted to determine the differences the FAPB scores of each function between teachers and staff. As a result, there was a significant difference only in the 'obsession and control' function and there were no significant differences in the other functions. This result suggests possible differences in perception of the function of problem behaviors across informants. Further implications and limitations of this study are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #103
CE Offered: BACB
Augmentative and Alternative Communication Interventions: Experimental Research to Improve Communication Outcomes in Children With Complex Communication Needs
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University)
Discussant: Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Joe Reichle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Communication is central to most major life activities. Children with complex communication needs and developmental disabilities frequently benefit from implementation of augmentative and alternative communication interventions, which provide them with means of supplementing conventional communication modes. This symposium includes 4 presentations and a discussant -- renowned, experienced researcher teams spanning the fields of communication science, behavior analysis, and special education and from 5 Carnegie-classified Doctoral Universities, Highest Research Activity. These teams will present findings from their work on topics such as parent coaching interventions for families with children with autism spectrum disorder, functional communication training and schedules of reinforcement, promoting peer interaction in preschoolers with autism spectrum disorder, and using technology to improve language outcomes in young children. Findings will provide researchers with direction to fill research gaps and practitioners with empirically-supported strategies for improving communication for children with complex communication needs, their families, and their peers. The discussant will provide a synthesis of and potential future research directions for the use of augmentative and alternative communication for people with autism spectrum and other developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, augmentative communication, CCN, single-case design
Target Audience:

Researchers Graduate students Practitioners

 

The Persistence of Augmentative and Alternative Mands During Functional Communication Training Following Fixed and Variable Reinforcement Schedules for Two Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
JESSICA J. SIMACEK (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Adele F. Dimian (University of Minnesota), Brittany Pennington (University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Functional communication training is a robust intervention to decrease challenging behavior. The implementation of this intervention often includes a continuous reinforcement schedule arrangement for the targeted appropriate replacement behavior, including mands; potentially impacting the persistence of mands when introduced to the thinned and variable reinforcement schedules often encountered in the natural environment. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of functional communication training intervention delivered with fixed ratio (FR1) and then variable ratio (VR3) reinforcement schedules on the targeted mands with adapted reversal designs with embedded extinction probes (Wacker et al., 2011). During the intervention, parents conducted all functional communication training interventions with remote coaching via telehealth. Both participants improved use of the targeted mands, including with augmentative and alternative communication, and experienced reductions in challenging behavior. Implications from this study support increased responding of the mands under variable schedules. Both participants displayed increased responding of mands in the extinction probes following variable reinforcement schedules; however, one participant also experienced slightly elevated levels of an untargeted typography of challenging behavior.

 

Augmentative and Alternative Communication and Peer Interaction: Supporting Preschool Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
MICHELLE THERRIEN (Florida State University)
Abstract:

Purpose: Social interaction has been shown to have a positive impact on relationship development, health, and academic success. For children with autism spectrum disorders who use augmentative and alternative communication, evidence-based intervention to support peer interaction is needed. Method: 5 dyads of children (child with autism spectrum disorder and peer) participated. A multiple probe across dyads design with a partial replication was used to evaluate the effects of intervention on the frequency of communicative turns expressed by children with autism spectrum disorders when interacting with peers. Frequency of peer turns, percentage of turns taken by peers, and joint engagement were collateral measures. The intervention included: (a) provision of a communication app on an iPad and (b) dyadic turn-taking training. Results: For four participants with autism spectrum disorders, the intervention had a strong effect on the frequency of turn-taking. The fifth participant showed increased turn-taking during training, but little change in independent turn-taking. All peers increased turn-taking with no negative impact on the turn balance between participants. Average joint engagement increased for all dyads.

 

Teaching Five-Year-Olds to Build Sentences via Aided Augmentative and Alternative Communication Modeling With a Communication App

(Applied Research)
JENNIFER KENT-WALSH (University of Central Florida; Florida Alliance for Assistive Services and Technology), Cathy Binger (University of New Mexico), Nancy Harrington (University of Central Florida; Florida Alliance for Assistive Services and Technology), Carolyn Buchanan (University of Central Florida; Florida Alliance for Assistive Services and Technology)
Abstract:

Estimates indicate that more than 4.05 million people in the United States have such severe speech disabilities that they require the use of augmentative and alternative communication. Since the advent of mass market tablet technologies like the iPad, increasing numbers of families and clinicians are reportedly considering augmentative and alternative communication options for preschool-age children with complex communication needs. However, even when early access to augmentative and alternative communication technologies is available, accompanying access to evidence-based augmentative and alternative communication services -- particularly during the critical early language learning years -- often is not. This puts these children at further risk for the poor expressive language outcomes that have been reported in the augmentative and alternative communication literature. This investigation was designed to evaluate the impact of an aided augmentative and alternative communication modeling intervention on: (a) the productive use of a range of linguistic structures by 5 year olds using an augmentative and alternative communication iPad app, and (b) generalization to productive use of non-targeted linguistic structures. Single case experimental design (multiple probe across three participants) indicated that the intervention is effective in increasing participants' expressive productions of the targeted linguistic structures using an augmentative and alternative communication iPad app, and that participants are able to generalize to non-targeted linguistic structures.

 

The Effects of Parent Coaching in a Multimodal Communication Intervention for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
CHING-YI LIAO (Texas A&M University - College Station, TX), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Sanikan Wattanawongwan (Texas A&M University), April N. Haas (Texas A&M University), Sarah Ura (Texas A&M University), Kristi Morin (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill)
Abstract:

This single-case experimental study was to evaluate the effects of coaching the parents in a multimodal communication intervention via behavioral skills training to parents of children with autism spectrum disorder to increase children's social communication skills in natural contexts. The participants included 2 parent-child dyads and 1 parent-child triad. The child participants ranged in age from 5 years to 15 years at the time of data collection and were identied as having autism spectrum disorder, two of whom also had complex communication needs. A multiple-probe design was used and data were collected on the proximal effects of the parent-coaching protocol on the parents' use of the intervention and the distal effects on communication behaviors in children. There were three phases in this study, including baseline, intervention, and generalization/maintenance. After collecting baseline data, the initial parent training session was provided in a group webinar, and the remaining 10-12 coaching sessions were provided individually with the parents and their children. Researchers implemented parent coaching, collected data via video recording, and provided weekly feedback to parents. The multimodal communication intervention was used to promote that each child's communication skills, and developmentally and behaviorally-based strategies were used to expanded new communication skills in children with autism spectrum disorder. The presenters will report results on the parents' fidelity of implementation and children's communication outcomes and will discuss limitations, suggestions for future research, and implications for practice.

 
 
Symposium #104
CE Offered: BACB
Examining Components of Parent and Staff Training: Assessment, Instruction, and Preferences
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Odessa Luna (Auburn University)
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Odessa Luna, M.S.
Abstract:

To ensure child skill acquisition and problem behavior reduction, behavior analysts may conduct trainings with change agents (e.g., parents and special education staff). Utilizing behavioral techniques in school and home allows change agents to become active participants in their child's intervention. One empirically supported instructional strategy is the use of behavioral skills training (BST). BST is a multi-component teaching package that consists of instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Past research demonstrates how BST can be employed to teach change agents to accurately implement behavioral interventions like discrete-trial instruction (e.g., Sarokoff & Sturmey 2004) or differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (e.g., DiGennaro, Martens, & Kleinmann, 2007). Though BST can increase the accuracy in which an individual conducts a behavior-analytic procedure, other factors could influence stakeholder implementation and endorsement of evidence-based practices. Given that BST is resource intensive, procedural modifications (using real-time feedback) or alternatives (self-instructional packages) should also be investigated to identify efficient and effective training modalities that could minimize practitioner time. Presentations in this symposium will describe strategies in assessing preferences and identifying barriers when conducting parent training. In addition, methodological BST refinements will also be presented. Dr. Nathan Call will discuss these studies at the conclusion of the presentations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, parent training, staff training
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are board certified behavior analysts and graduate students in applied behavior analysis who conduct training in home and school settings.

 

Assessment and Improvement of Parent Training

JAMIE VILLACORTA (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Nga Luong (Florida Institute of Technology), James Bevacqua (Nemours Children's Hospital), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Despite training, some parents continue to implement behavioral interventions with poor integrity. In the current study, we assessed the barriers to proper parental implementation of a skill acquisition procedure to teach verbal operants to three children with autism. Prior to baseline, parents were taught to implement the skill acquisition procedure. During baseline, we assessed parental implementation of the procedure. Next, we adapted the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) to assess the reasons parents implemented the procedure poorly during the baseline phase. Based on PDC results, we designed a training to increase the percentage of steps on which parents correctly implemented the skill acquisition procedure with their children. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the assessment to identify barriers to proper parental implementation of behavioral interventions.

 

An Evaluation of Parent Preference for Visual Inspection

MIRANDA MAY OLSEN (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Mary Halbur (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), William Davies (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Abstract:

In behavior analysis, visual inspection is the primary method of evaluation of the effects of treatment outcomes (Kahng, Chung, Gutshall, Pitts, Koad, & Girolami, 2010). Previous research shows that graphical analysis has multiple benefits including allowing immediate treatment decisions to be made and communicating with interested parties (e.g., parents; Vanselow & Bourret, 2010). Although previous research evaluated teacher's preference for different graphical forms, limited research has been conducted to evaluate parent preference for graphical displays. Thus, the purpose of the present study was to evaluate parents' preferences for and understanding (i.e., clarity) of single-subject design graphs. 276 parents completed a survey that asked questions regarding their preference for several graphical forms. Results showed that bar graphs and pie charts were most preferred for evaluating problem behavior. For skill acquisition data, parents preferred condensed data displays rather than data displayed in a multiple baseline across stimulus sets. The role of using different graphical displays with parents, clinical implications, and future research suggestions are discussed.

 

Evaluation of Real-Time Feedback to Train Caregivers to Conduct Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions

AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Elizabeth J. Preas (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Mounting empirical support for early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) has increased demand for these types of treatments for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Many caregivers are now learning EIBI techniques and becoming active agents in their child's ASD treatment. Behavioral skills training (BST) has been frequently used to teach individuals to perform a variety of skills correctly, including discrete-trial instruction (DTI) (Lafasakis & Sturmey, 2007). In this study, caregivers were trained to conduct a DTI procedure. A single-component BST method (i.e., real-time feedback) was examined. A concurrent, multiple baseline across caregivers design was used to demonstrate experimental control. Results showed that a single-component BST was associated with short training time and few sessions to mastery. In addition, caregivers expressed high satisfaction with the real-time feedback training method.

 
Using a Self-Instructional Package to Train Special Education Staff Members to Implement Reinforcement Strategies
ODESSA LUNA (Auburn University), Nadratu Nuhu (Auburn University), Jessica Palmier (Auburn University), Elizabeth Brestan-Knight (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract: We trained five special education staff members to conduct differential reinforcement of other and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior using PowerPoint presentations that incorporated embedded text, video modeling, and voiceover instruction. After training, we evaluated each staff member’s implementation of the reinforcement strategies with a confederate who engaged in simulated problem behavior. After multiple video exposures in a group training format, one participant mastered both procedures, three participants mastered one procedure, and one participant did not master either strategy. We discuss the clinical implications of the findings and utility of this training strategy in a school-consulting role.
 
 
Symposium #105
CE Offered: BACB
Bidirectional Naming and Derived Relations With Arbitrary/Non-Arbitrary and Familiar/Unfamiliar Stimuli
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kelly Mercorella (The Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Typically developing children learn language incidentally through experiences interactions with caregivers in the environment. However, some children do not acquire language incidentally, and require direct instruction. We call the presence of the incidental acquisition of language as a speaker and a listener as Bidirectional Naming. We present 4 papers that examine the ways individuals acquire language incidentally and the subsequent effects of the acquisition of Bidirectional Naming. The first paper examines the differences in the incidental acquisition of language for familiar and non-familiar stimuli. Results demonstrated a significant difference in the percentage of correct responses emitted during probe sessions for the different types of stimuli. The second paper sought to determine if there is a relation between the presence of Bidirectional Naming and relational responding for arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli. The third paper examines the relation between verbal developmental cusps and the acquisition of basic relational concept development as measured by the Boehm Test of Basic Concepts. The final paper examines effective modes of instruction for students who have acquired Bidirectional Naming, and if its presence effected the rate of acquisition for new operants. All results will be discussed in terms of the educational implications of Bidirectional Naming.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Bidirectional Naming, Derived Relations, VBDT
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium are behavior analysts that are interested in the incidental learning of language, and its theoretical and practical implications.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will (1) understand the components of bidirectional naming, (2) explain how individuals may acquire bidirectional naming and derived relations, and (3) know the educational significance of the acquisition of bidirectional naming for individuals with disabilities.
 

Conditioned Reinforcement for Observing Visual Non-Familiar and Familiar Stimuli: A Comparison of Naming Repertoires and the Effects of a Repeated Probe Procedure

KELLY L. KLEINERT (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

Children's vocabulary exponentially increases without direct instruction (Hart & Risley, 1995). Verbal behavior developmental research and theory suggests that children acquire listener and speaker responses to a stimulus after observation of another person saying the name of the stimulus, when a Full Naming repertoire (i.e., joint stimulus control across listener and speaker responses) is present. In Experiment I, I examined the differences between incidental language acquisition of familiar (non-contrived) and unfamiliar (contrived) stimuli for 20 first-grade students. Paired samples t-tests were conducted to compare the percentage of correct untaught: (a) listener and speaker responses across stimuli conditions. The t-test revealed a significant difference in the percentage of correct untaught listener and speaker responses for familiar versus unfamiliar stimuli conditions. The results also suggest that the learned repertoire to acquire language incidentally differs across stimuli types (familiar and unfamiliar), consistent with findings of recent studies. In Experiment II, I examined the effects of a repeated naming probe intervention on the emergence of naming for familiar and unfamiliar stimuli. The increased numbers of correct untaught responses during post-intervention naming probe sessions across all participants, demonstrated relation between increased naming experiences and the emergence of joint stimulus control across listener and speaker responses for both stimuli types.

 

An Experimental Analysis of the Establishment of Bidirectional Naming on the Emergence of Non-Arbitrary and Arbitrary Applicable Relational Responding

GEORGETTE MORGAN (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract:

The purpose of this experiment is to determine if there is a relation between the presence of Bidirectional Naming (BiN) and relational responding for arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli. 32 preschool students , ages 2 to 4-years-old, were selected based on the demonstration of prerequisite listener and speaker repertoires. The participants were separated into 4 groups to control for sequence effects. Following a single exposure to a novel set of stimuli, the presence of BiN was measured by the number of correct listener (i.e., point) and speaker (i.e., intraverbal tact) responses emitted by the participants. The participants were trained with a second set of novel arbitrary and non-arbitrary stimuli in order to determine the presence of relational responses. These responses were measured based on correct responses to mutual entailment and combinatorial entailment probes. The results will be discussed in terms of (1) the presence of BiN, (2) the presence of relational responding, and (3) the relation between the two.

 

Basic Relational Concept and Verbal Behavior Development in Preschool Children With and Without Autism Spectrum Disorder

LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Alexis Branca (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ann Boehm (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The current study investigated basic, relational concept development, as measured by the Boehm Test of Basic Concepts 3rd Edition Preschool Version (BTBC3-P), in 51 preschoolers with and without Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Relational concepts represent spatial, dimensional, temporal, quantitative, and class relationships between objects or people. This study investigated relational concept acquisition using Verbal Behavior Development Theory (VBDT) framework. We found that preschoolers with ASD demonstrated significantly fewer acquisition of total concepts, quantitative concepts, and spatial concepts than their typically developing (TD) counterparts. Also, the more VBD cusps and capabilities a child attained, the more concepts he/she correctly identified. Further, regardless of diagnosis and student progression of VBD, naming was a significant predictor of total concepts known (R2 naming = .114), as well as of concepts known not covered in the C-PIRK curriculum (R2 naming = .099) used at the preschool. A secondary aim of this study investigated the effects of an Assessor's Tactic Checklist on the students' motivation and on task behavior as well as the assessment validity. Overall, diagnosis and naming were related to the number of assessor's tactics used, with those children with ASD and children without naming requiring significantly more types of tactics than their counterparts.

 
The Naming Continuum and the Subsequent Acceleration of Learning
MADELINE FRANK (Teachers College Columbia University)
Abstract: In Experiment 1, I tested the effects of the induction of the verbal developmental capability of Bidirectional Naming (BiN) on the rate of acquisition of new operants under Standard Learn Unit (SLU) and Instructional Demonstration Learn Unit (IDLU) conditions. With 4 preschool-age participants, I conducted a combined multiple probe and counterbalanced ABAB/BABA reversal design across dyads. Each participant’s rate of acquisition was compared under the IDLU and SLU conditions before and after the acquisition of BiN. After the acquisition of BiN, all participants demonstrated accelerated rates of learning academic objectives when provided IDLU instruction, indicating a functional relation between the acquisition of BiN and the acceleration of learning via teacher-modeled instruction. In Experiment 2, a combined ABAB/BABA reversal design across learning objectives and levels of BiN was used to compare the rate of learning speaker (i.e., tact) and listener (i.e., point-to) tasks across both IDLU and SLU conditions. Results indicated that students with BiN in repertoire always benefited from IDLU instruction, but students with only Unidirectional Naming (the listener half of Naming) only learned faster when provided a model for listener tasks. Results across both Experiments 1 and 2 indicate that BiN, which allows for students to learn language incidentally, is an essential verbal developmental capability for learning through the observation of a model in a standard classroom instructional setting.
 
 
Symposium #108
CE Offered: BACB
Feedback Accuracy: Gathering, Delivering, and Its Effect on Performance
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom D
Area: OBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology )
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Feedback has been shown to be effective in increasing and maintaining performance in organizations. Despite its abundant research within the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), a gap remains in the literature in understanding under which environmental arrangement feedback is the most effective in increasing and maintaining performance, as well as under which environmental arrangement the observer is more likely to deliver accurate feedback. This symposium will present four studies relating to gathering feedback and/or feedback accuracy. Specifically, the first study, evaluated patterns of responding and patterns of feedback request of anonymous, internet-based feedback. The second study evaluated the effects of feedback accuracy on rumor during an analogue task. The third study evaluated the relative effects of feedback accuracy and trainer verbal behavior on performance during an analogue task. The final study evaluated the variables that impact feedback accuracy during coaching interaction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Accuracy, Feedback, Rumor
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is anyone who provides feedback in their daily jobs. Including: BCBA's, OBMers, practitioners, and scholars.

Learning Objectives: 1. Explain the importance of delivering accurate feedback 2. Describe the relationship between delivering in vivo feedback an accuracy of observation 3. Create better survey questions when soliciting for anonymous feedback
 

An Evaluation of Anonymous, Internet-Based Feedback

Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology), DENNIS URIARTE (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Frequent feedback has been linked to more consistent improvements in performance greater job satisfaction, and lower intention to leave the organization. However, some people report feeling uncomfortable providing honest feedback in the workplace. In addition, research suggests that people are more likely to seek feedback when it is given through the computer rather than face-to-face and when feedback is easily accessible. There is evidence that feedback provided through technology improves work performance and learning more than the same feedback delivered face-to-face. This study evaluated a total of 1223 feedback questions and their corresponding responses from a web service that allows users to ask feedback questions and receive responses anonymously. We categorized the questions in terms of valance, ending type, people, personalization, and specificity. We coded feedback responses in terms of the number of pieces of feedback per response and had information about number of people asked and response. Results and future implications will be discussed.

 

The Effects of Feedback Accuracy on Rumor During an Analogue Task

Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), ANDRESSA SLEIMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott Michael Curry (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology), Nga Luong (Graduate Student at Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Feedback is the most commonly used intervention in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). Recent OBM research has examined both the effects of inaccurate feedback (FB) on performance as well as rumors created due to inaccurate rules. The current study expanded upon both of these lines of research by examining the verbal behavior exhibited by dyads of participants during an analogue task as they were exposed to three different levels of FB accuracy (i.e., one-third FB of the actual number of entries completed, accurate FB, and tripled FB of the actual number of entries completed). The results of the study showed that participants exhibited different types and levels of verbal behavior depending on the level of feedback accuracy to which they were exposed. Specifically, more feedback rumor statements were exhibited during conditions with inaccurate feedback compared to the condition with accurate feedback. Implications, limitations of the study, and directions for future research are discussed.

 

The Relative Effects of Feedback Accuracy and Trainer Verbal Behavior on Performance During an Analogue Task

JOSHUA LIPSCHULTZ (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Scott Michael Curry (Florida Institute of Technology), Nelmar Jacinto Cruz (Florida Institute of Technology), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Feedback is the most commonly used intervention in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). Recent OBM research has examined both the effects of inaccurate feedback (FB) on performance as well as rumors created due to inaccurate rules. The current study expanded upon both of these lines of research by examining the verbal behavior exhibited by dyads of participants during an analogue task as they were exposed to three different levels of FB accuracy (i.e., one-third FB of the actual number of entries completed, accurate FB, and tripled FB of the actual number of entries completed). The study also assessed the relative effects of two independent variables on performance during an analogue work task: the type of verbal behavior regarding FB accuracy provided during training by confederates posing as participants (i.e., being told during training that FB accuracy during their task was incorrect) and the actual FB accuracy to which participants were exposed during the analogue work task (i.e., one-third, accurate, and tripled). The results of the study showed that participants exhibited different types and levels of verbal behavior depending on the level of FB accuracy to which they were exposed. Additionally, the type of verbal behavior regarding FB accuracy provided during training by confederates posing as participants and the level of FB accuracy to which participants were exposed affected performance on the analogue task. Implications, limitations of the study, and directions for future research are discussed.

 

An Assessment of Variables That Impact Feedback Accuracy During Coaching Interactions

NICHOLAS MATEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Coastal Behavior Analysis), Ronald Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Noell Jankowski (Florida Institute of Technology), Dennis Uriarte (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Feedback is the most commonly used intervention in organizational behavior management (OBM) and accurate feedback is most effective at improving performance. To efficiently influence performance, we should focus on accurate data that leads to accurate feedback. The current study combines 2 parts to investigate factors that might influence less accurate data collection or feedback delivery. Part 1 of the current study uses a counterbalanced ABAB design to compare observation only conditions with observations plus required feedback conditions. Results suggest that requiring observers to provide immediate feedback, following a safety observation, leads to less accurate data than when observers are not required to provide feedback following an observation. Part 2 of the current study uses a multiple baseline design that attempts to evaluate the specific variables that may contribute to this disparity between the two phases. Results of both parts of this study, limitations, and future directions will be discussed within.

 
 
Symposium #109
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Big Picture: An Analysis of Interlocking and Competing Contingencies Affecting Values-Based Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amy Nicole Lawless (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Janani Vaidya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Klapatch Totsch, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In general, the practice of ABA is guided by a complicated array of variables, such alignment with the seven dimensions of ABA (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1986), adherence to our Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2017), and setting-specific policies and requirements (such as those dictated by agency administrations, funding streams, licensure laws, etc.), just to name a few. Additionally, each practitioner also has specific values that guide their practice. Sometimes, these values may conflict with our ability to practice in such a way that is supported by our environment. In this symposium, the authors will discuss several practice scenarios, highlighting the interlocking and competing contingencies that may put clinician values in conflict with ethical guidelines and practice standards. The symposium will conclude with a discussion of the ?big picture,? and how clinicians can clarify their values in service of practicing in a way that best serves our clients, their community, and our field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ethics, interlocking contingencies, practice-based issues, values
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. By the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to identify personal values that guide their practice of ABA. 2. By the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to analyze those values to determine if they align or contradict with ethical and practice guidelines. 3. By the end of this presentation, attendees will be able to identify ways they can practice in service of their values while still abiding by ethical and practice guidelines.
 
Putting the "Functional" in Skill Building for Restorative Justice Practices
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates)
Abstract: In interpersonal situations involving serious harm, cultural contingencies often involve solely punitive measures. Punitive measures, including calling law enforcement and utilizing prison systems, often completely discount habilitation and training functional replacement behaviors. These systems typically do not take behavior function into account. Restorative Justice practices can be a meaningful alternative to punitive systems. Restorative Justice “encourages those who have caused harm to acknowledge the impact of what they have done and gives them an opportunity to make reparation. It offers those who have suffered harm the opportunity to have their harm or loss acknowledged and amends made,” (Restorative Justice Consortium 2006). This is achieved through focusing on Victim Healing and Support, Offenders Accepting Responsibility, Dialogue for Perspective Taking, Amends or Reparations, Skill Building to Prevent Future Harm, and Community Reintegration. For skill building to prevent future harm, however, it is important to assess behavior function and to train functional replacement behaviors. This presentation will discuss the potential impact of behavior analytic involvement in Transformative Justice practices, and ethical implications at the cultural and systemic level.
 

The Application of Transformative Justice-Based Practices in Improving the Social Validity of Behavior Change Interventions

JENNIFER KLAPATCH TOTSCH (National Louis University)
Abstract:

Transformative justice-based practices often focus on examining the impact of an individual's harmful or problematic behaviors on others in their environment. Specifically, the goal of transformative justice-based practices is not only to decrease future instances of that harmful behavior, but also to focus on the healing of persons harmed by those behaviors (i.e., the victims). Behavior analysts are often tasked with working with individuals who emit problematic behaviors that negatively impact others in that client's environment (such as a client aggressing toward their parent). During this presentation, we will discuss the interlocking nature of both our client's harmful behaviors and the behavior of those harmed by the clients (i.e., the victims). We'll then discuss how to design interventions that both effectively and ethically target those problematic behaviors while concurrently focusing on validating the victim's experience and healing the relationships that may have been damaged as a result of the client's problematic behavior.

 
Considering Client Values in Clinical Decision Making
JAMINE DETTMERING (ReachABA)
Abstract: Making decisions that impact service recipients can be challenging, especially in cases which measures to ensure the clients health and safety conflict with the client’s values. Parents and guardians often consult with Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA’s) when making decisions on behalf of clients receiving services. In situations concerning the health and safety of the client, recommended interventions may include restrictions that reduce the risk of harm to the client, but may neglect the values of the client. Individuals with intellectual disabilities may be assumed to be incompetent to make rational decisions and therefore are not included in the planning of and consent for behavior-change programs, despite our ethical obligation to involve clients (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2014). This presentation will (a) evaluate practitioner’s role in decision-making and impact on the service recipient, (b) discuss tactics that promote values-based decision making in consideration of the values of the parent or guardian and the service recipient, and (c) examine strategies to ensure values-based decision making in practice.
 
Organizational Maintenance of Ethical Practice Repertoires
AMY NICOLE LAWLESS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA’s) are ethically obligated to rely on scientific knowledge when engaging in professional endeavors and to maintain competence through access with the current research relevant to their clients and attending professional development events, such as conferences and workshops (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2014). Although organizations arrange contingencies to ensure sufficient monthly billable hours and completion of paperwork, many organizations neglect to implement organizational systems that maintain behaviors related to research and professional development. BCBA’s are tasked with maintaining programs for their caseload, training therapists, and working with families of service recipients, in addition to maintaining responsibilities in their personal lives. In the absence of organizational systems that support ongoing professional development, it is less likely BCBA’s are engaging in these behaviors. This presentation will discuss (a) ethical guidelines related to ongoing professional development, (b) contingencies impacting BCBA’s behaviors related to professional development, and (c) organizational systems that may enhance professional development.
 
 
Symposium #111
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Verbal Behavior Research and Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2018
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mary Halbur (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Discussant: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: Mary Halbur, M.S.
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder often have deficits in vocal verbal behavior. Therefore, developing verbal operants is frequently a goal within behavioral treatment, and identifying the most efficient and efficacious way to teach more complex repertoires is of crucial importance. The purpose of this symposium is to provide resources and information on recent advances in verbal behavior research. In the first paper, Pellegrino and Higbee used an interrupted-behavior chain to teach mands for information (i.e., "where"). The remaining papers in the symposium evaluated strategies to teach complex intraverbal responses. In the second paper, Smothermon, Lechago, and Jackson evaluated the effects of modifications to motivating operations and echoic prompts when teaching children to answer questions about private events (i.e., various states of deprivation). In the third paper, Van Den Elzen et al. compared within-stimulus prompts (e.g., elongation, emphasis) to teach compound intraverbal discriminations. In the final paper, Silberman et al. investigated the utility of multiple procedures (i.e., blocked-trials, differential observing responses) for teaching multiply controlled intraverbals. The discussant will describe the contributions of these studies to the extant literature on verbal behavior and suggest clinical implications and avenues for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Intraverbals, Mands, Motivating operations
Target Audience:

Researchers and Clinicians in Behavior Analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the role of contriving motivating operations when teaching mands/intraverbals; (2) Identify various procedural modifications that may assist with teaching complex verbal behavior; (3) Evaluate and summarize updates on recent advances in verbal behavior research and clinical implications for children with autism spectrum disorder.
 

The Effects of a Procedure to Generalize Manding "Where?" in Children With Autism

AZURE PELLEGRINO (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Katelin Hobson (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Manding for information is a skill often taught to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) by contriving motivating operations such that the information functions as a reinforcer, although it does not always generalize to other appropriate situations (Lechago & Low, 2015). One way of contriving motivating operations to teach manding for information is using interrupted-behavior chain procedures. We used multiple exemplars of interrupted-behavior chains and objects within each chain to teach manding "where?" to two preschoolers with ASD, and tested for generalization to novel objects in novel chains, as well as novel objects with different instructional agents. Both participants learned to mand for information during training, which generalized to novel objects and novel chains for one participant, and to novel objects with different instructional agents for the other participant. Direct training led to manding for information to the situations in which generalized responding did not occur. Potential reasons to some form of context-specific responding and their relevance to clinical practice are discussed.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Talk About Private Events

STEPHANIE SMOTHERMON (Texana Center), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Rachel Jackson (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

There is a dearth of research related to teaching individuals how to talk about private events. Learning to talk about private events affords multiple benefits to the social and physical health of an individual. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across MOs and participants is employed to investigate the effects of MO manipulations and echoic prompts to answer yes/no questions about specific states of deprivation in children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The three private events targeted are food deprivation, water-deprivation, and lack of stimulation. Echoic prompts are used to teach the responses to the questions. Offering choices of food, drink, and an activity via picture card selection after answering the questions is used to verify the presence of the putative relevant MO. Control conditions in the form of states of satiation are interspersed to ensure responding under the influence of the relevant MO. The results thus far demonstrate that the MO manipulations and echoic prompts are effective for teaching the participant to answer the yes/no questions correctly during EO conditions, and to select the appropriate picture card 100% of the time.

 
Comparing Within-Stimulus Prompts to Teach Intraverbal Conditional Discriminations of Function
GABRIELLA RACHAL VAN DEN ELZEN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Ella M Gorgan (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Miranda May Olsen (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior is controlled by a verbal stimulus that lacks point-to-point correspondence (Skinner, 1957) and can range from simple to complex. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have difficulty acquiring complex intraverbal behavior, especially those that require a conditional discrimination (Axe, 2008). Responding to complex verbal stimuli requires the speaker to attend to multiple components of the stimulus. To increase the likelihood that the participants’ verbal behavior was controlled by relevant antecedent verbal stimuli, we evaluated the use of within-stimulus prompts (i.e., emphasis, elongation) to teach complex intraverbals which required conditional discrimination (e.g., “You drink [juice]” and “You drink from [cup]”) to two participants diagnosed with ASD. We used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the efficacy and efficiency of elongated, emphasized, and unmodified prepositions within complex intraverbals. The emphasis condition was the most efficacious and efficient. Future research on how to maintain these discriminations in the natural (i.e., unmodified) environment is warranted.
 

Evaluation of a Blocked-Trials Procedure to Teach Multiply Controlled Intraverbals to Children With Autism

ASHLEY E. SILBERMAN (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Laura L. Grow (California State University, Fresno), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Lauren Goodwyn (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Multiply controlled intraverbals commonly occur in social interactions and are important for the acquisition of academic skills. Research on the effectiveness of strategies for teaching multiply controlled intraverbals to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is limited. It has been suggested that multiply controlled intraverbals involve conditional or compound stimulus control. Procedures involving prompt delays have resulted in acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbals for some children with autism spectrum disorder. Blocked-trials procedures (BTP) have also been effective for teaching responses to auditory-visual and visual-visual stimuli involving conditional and compound stimulus control. The purpose of the present study was to extend the literature on teaching multiply controlled intraverbals by evaluating (a) the effects of a constant prompt delay on the acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbals by children with ASD, (b) a BTP on the acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbals if a prompt delay was not effective, (c) the addition of a differential observing response (DOR) if the BTP alone was not effective, (d) control by all relevant antecedent stimuli by constructing sets of stimuli with overlapping components, (e) effectiveness of these procedures on Wh-questions, and (f) maintenance of the multiply controlled intraverbals via two- and four-week probes.

 
 
Symposium #112
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing the Employability of Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom G
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jason Travers (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Jason Travers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Reports of a recent national survey indicate that young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at higher risk for unemployment than young adults with other disabilities (Shattuck et al., 2012). Deficits in social skills contribute to lack of success in job interviews and sustained employment. This symposium will focus on different teaching strategies to enhance the employability of young adults with ASD. The first study evaluated the effects of individual components of an interview-training package to improve responses to eight commonly asked interview questions. Positive outcomes were observed for all participants during mock interviews, and the responses generalized to a novel interviewer and maintained at one-month follow-up. The second study evaluated the effects of an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) intervention on verbal and nonverbal behaviors for three individuals with ASD. Dependent measures included verbal and physiological responses during mock interviews. The third study examined the impact of video modeling to teach customer service skills (i.e., customer service phrases) to a young adult with ASD employed as a cashier at a retail store. In addition to acquiring the target behavior, both the participant and his employer rated the intervention favorably. The symposium presenters will each offer recommendations for future research in this area.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, interview skills, job skills
Target Audience:

Practitioners and researchers working with this populations and/or those interested in conducting follow-up studies in this area of research.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Discuss the importance of teaching job-related skills to young adults with ASD. 2. Describe common and more novel approaches to teach job interview skills to young adults with ASD. 3. List at least two different ways to extend the results presented in the symposium (e.g., areas for future research on this topic).
 

A Component Analysis of Job Interview Training for Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

HELENA WHITLOW (Seven Hills Foundation), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Nicole Auclair (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

A successful job interview contributes to gainful employment, but individuals with ASD struggle with interviewing skills (Hendricks, 2010). Previous research has focused on training programs to teach job-interviewing skills, but few studies have evaluated procedures to improve responses to interview questions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of individual components of an interview-training package on responses to eight commonly asked interview questions by young adults with ASD. We used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the impact of: 1) written instructions, 2) rehearsal and video self-feedback using a commercially available program, and 3) verbal feedback from a trainer. A generalization probe was conducted by a career counselor not involved in the study. Results show all participants required a remedial behavioral skills training session to answer all eight interview questions with accuracy. The skills generalized to an interview with a novel trainer and were maintained at follow-up. We will discuss the limited impact of each training component and areas for future research.

 

Improving Flexible Responding During a Mock Job Interview for High Functioning Adults With Autism

VICTORIA DIANE HUTCHINSON (Southern Illinois Univesity), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

A deficit in social skills is a common issue among individuals with autism. Adaptive social skills are often required for individuals with autism to live a more autonomous lifestyle. One area in which adaptive social skills are necessary is with the job interviewing process. Past research has shown success in behavior skills training (Kelly, Wildman, & Berler, 1980) and modeling (Hall, Sheldon-Widgen, & Sherman, 1980) to improve these skills among individuals with autism. However, there is a limitation to these procedures because they do not address the language barrier present in many individuals with autism. More research is needed to determine effective procedures for increasing flexibility in verbal and nonverbal behaviors in individuals with autism during a job interview. The current study measured verbal and physiological responses of three individuals with autism during a mock job interview before and after the implementation of mindfulness and defusion activities. A noncurrent multiple-baseline procedure was used to evaluate the effects of an ACT intervention prior to a job interview. A discussion of the results will be provided that will relate to current literature and future directions for research will be provided.

 

Developing Customer Service Skills in a Young Adult With Autism Employed at a Retail Store

LESLIE ANN BROSS (University of Kansas), Jason Travers (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience lower rates of employment and may have difficulty maintaining employment that requires customer service and/or social skills. Additional research is needed to examine existing evidence-based practices (EBPs) as learners with ASD progress across the lifespan. An established EBP, video modeling, was implemented to teach customer service skills to a young adult with ASD employed as a cashier at a bargain retail store. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to teach three different customer service phrases. A co-worker served as the peer model and videos were shot using an iPhone. Visual analysis indicated that customer service phrases increased contingent on watching video models. The degree of confidence of the visual analysis is high. Both the young adult with ASD and his employer highly rated the social validity of the video modeling intervention. Implications of examining the efficacy of EBPs in applied settings, such as community employment settings, will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #113
CE Offered: BACB
A Behavioral Approach to Targeting Play Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom H
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
CE Instructor: Nancy J. Champlin, M.S.
Abstract:

Teaching children to play is an integral part of development because it sets the occasion for having social and communicative interactions with peers, increases the likelihood of learning in natural and inclusive settings, and offers flexibility to be used in multiple environments (Barton & Wolery, 2008). Children with disabilities are observed to engage in spontaneous play less often and demonstrate fewer varied pretend play behaviors than children with typical development (Barton, 2015). Jahr and Eldevik (2007) identify the acquisition of play skills as the barrier, rather than the production of play. Teaching children with autism appropriate play skills requires a systematic approach involving intentional, direct teaching strategies and explicit instruction. An examination of the various aspects of typically developing childrens play, including object of play, agent of play, vocalizations during play, and category of play, prompted the development of a systematic intervention to teach children with autism appropriate play skills. Play is an integral part of a childs development and should be an emphasis in behavioral intervention for children with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): language, play skills, pretend play, social skills
Target Audience:

Professionals, BCBAs, BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will learn the importance of teaching play and language simultaneously and be able to implement interventions targeting both 2) Participants will learn the 3 agents of play and be able to implement interventions with multiple agents 3) Participants will learn the 3 essential skills for sociodramatic play and be able to implement interventions targeting each skill 4) Participants will learn the 3 categories of play and be able to implement interventions with each category 5) Participants will be able to identify and implement a teaching sequence to target chaining play actions and corresponding vocalizations
 

An Evaluation of Typically Developing Children's Sociodramatic Play and Language Skills

NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Play is a child's work that captures their attention and interest. Play stands out as a distinct domain because of its systematic relationships with other developmental domains. Through play, children acquire various skills critical to their development including language and social skills. When looking at object play it has been identified that the diversity of object play is theoretically predictive of communicative word use, lexical density growth, and future language (Tomasello, Striano, & Rochat, 1995; Yoder, 2006). The long-term effects of an impoverished play repertoire are observed in social interactions later in life. McConnell (2002), discovered that children with disabilities spend more time in isolate play, make fewer attempts to initiate social interactions, are less likely to respond to the social initiations of peers, and spend less overall time engaged in direct interactions with peers. The purpose of this study was to assess the pretend sociodramatic play skills of typically developing children, ages 2–5. Typically developing boys and girls were video-taped playing in dyads in a designated play room with 15 different play schemes. Researchers coded and evaluated the play to identify variations in play across the age spans including gender differences, scheme preference, and abstract play.

 

Examining Independent Pretend Play Skills in Typically Developing Children

MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Research identifies a number of complex stages in the typical developmental sequence of play. Deficits in play are linked to poor social relationships, limited expressive language, and high rates of stereotypic behavior (Casby, 2003; Lifter, 2005). Early language development and symbolic play are correlated developmentally and are related in time, content, and structure (Casby, 2003). The purpose of this study was to assess independent play skills of typically developing children, ages 2–5. Each participant was video-taped for two 10-minute play sessions in an isolated room with 2 play schemes, 3 figures (e.g., dolls, action figures), and 2 abstract items. The play sessions were analyzed to identify differences in independent play across age groups, gender, and play schemes. Consistent with the results of this study, Case-Smith (2008) evaluated gender differences in play and identified that boys enjoyed simpler fantasy themes when compared to same age girls. Additional components were examined including the category of play, vocalizations during play, agent of play, abstract play, and advanced play.

 

Teaching Children Diagnosed With Autism a Chain of Play Actions and Corresponding Vocalizations

BAILEY BOSC (ACI Learning Centers), Melissa Schissler (ACI Learning Centers), Nancy J. Champlin (ACI Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Play in children with autism is often referred to as stereotypical and lacking in symbolic qualities and flexibility (Lifter, Sulzer-Azaroff, Anderson, & Cowdert, 1993). The purpose of this study was to utilize the developmental sequence of play and evaluate the effectiveness of teaching a series of 8 components to acquire the 2nd stage of pretend play: chaining play. Least-to-most prompting was used to teach a chain of 3 play actions and vocalizations to 4 children diagnosed with autism, ages 3-5. All 4 children were taught each chain of play actions across agent of play: self as agent, passive figure, and active figure. Advanced play was targeted in the form of rotating between play schemes and combining play schemes both independently and with peers. Lastly, the essential skills to sociodramatic play, initiating, responding, and expanding were targeted throughout the sequence. The outcome of this study demonstrated the efficacy of the 8 teaching components as steps to teach all 4 children a chain of play actions with corresponding vocalizations across agent of play and object of play, independently and with peers.

 
 
Panel #114
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Measuring Intervention Outcomes and Evaluating Quality of Programs for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Discussion
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Sara Gershfeld Litvak, M.A.
Chair: Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
HANNA C. RUE (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
THOMAS J. ZWICKER (ZABA Therapy; Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
YAGNESH VADGAMA (Magellan Healthcare)
Abstract:

Intervention outcomes in ABA are most commonly measured through single-case research designs where the effects of individualized interventions are evaluated. Given the countless combinations of behaviors that meet the diagnostic criteria for ASD, it is of little surprise that consensus has not been reached on how to measure intervention outcomes. The lack of consensus makes it difficult to evaluate the overall quality of organizations' clinical programs. However, BCBA's are experiencing more pressure than ever before to demonstrate intervention outcomes for insurance reimbursement and allocation of public funds. Various methods to measure intervention outcomes and quality of programs will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel is appropriate for clinical staff who are interested in identifying the methodology for reporting aggregate client outcomes to stakeholders. BCBA's, Senior Leadership, or Researchers are welcome.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn to identify appropriate methodology for reporting client outcomes at the micro or macro level. Challenges will be discussed related to client outcome measurement, single subject design and stake holder responsibilities.
Keyword(s): group design, outcome analysis, quality assurance, sustainable programming
 
 
Symposium #115
CE Offered: BACB
Understanding Resilience and PTSD Through Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole C Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph)
CE Instructor: Nicole C Groskreutz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since the wars following September 11, 2001, our military service members have suffered from two hallmark wounds: post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and traumatic brain injury (TBI). Chronic pain and substance abuse have also been common co-morbid conditions suffered by members of this community. While the rate of suicide among veterans of all wars continues to fluctuate between 20 and 22 per day, suicides in the military continue to remain above civilian rates. At no time in our country's history have the military or civilian communities sustained lower suicide rates despite their numerous programmatic and treatment efforts. Resilience is part of the answer to these problems; effective treatments are another. These three talks apply ABA theory to elucidate how resilience, PTSD and other conditions operate. By analyzing some of the evidence-based treatments for these conditions, the authors illustrate how ABA offers helpful explanations and additional solutions to the challenges faced by the military and veteran communities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): military veteran, PTSD, resilience, suicide
Target Audience:

This is for members of the behavior analysis community who are interested in continuing education.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Use behavior analysis to explain the concept of resilience. 2) Describe cognitive processing therapy in behavior analytic terms. 3) Discuss the various effective treatments and a recommended general approach to addressing the common problems faced by the members of the military and veteran community.
 
Toward a Behavioral Analysis of Resilience and Implications for Military Personnel
(Theory)
MARK P. GROSKREUTZ (Southern Connecticut State University), Nicole C Groskreutz (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: Military personnel described as less resilient are considered higher risk for a variety of challenges, including post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), substance abuse, and suicidality (Cornum, Matthews, & Seligman, 2011). In literature examining military personnel, resilience is typically considered as a complex construct related to psychological fitness and personality characteristics (e.g., Meredeth et al., 2011; Morgan & Garmon Bibb, 2011). Resilience encompasses an individual's experience of stress during event(s) and effectiveness in recovering from the event(s) over both the short- and long term. Researchers interested in resilience have historically targeted cognitive processes for assessment and intervention. From a behavior analytic perspective, resilience may alternatively be defined as a pattern of behavior characterized by the continued engagement in desirable behaviors despite behavioral disruptors (i.e., stressors). From this perspective, resilience would be expected to be influenced similar to other behaviors, i.e., by examining functional relations and developing behavior analytic interventions. To explore the potential effects of such an analysis, we will discuss specific topics from behavior analysis and how they may align well conceptually and practically with behavioral resilience and potential insights for supporting military personnel, including generalization, maintenance, resistance to change, relational frame theory (RFT), and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT).
 

Cognitive Processing Therapy in Behavior Analytic Terms

(Service Delivery)
KOMLANTSE GOSSOU (Quebec Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Since 2001, American military service members have endured multiple deployments, some lasting up to 24-months in duration. Combat experiences leave many service members living with an unregulated, highly active sympathetic nervous system. For some service members, this degrades their job performance, while others experience sub-threshold or diagnosable sleeping problems, irritability, interpersonal conflicts, substance abuse, and post-traumatic stress symptoms (PSTD). Cognitive Processing Therapy (CPT) is one of only two efficacious treatments for treating combat-related Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). CPT has been shown to be an effective manualized treatment in both the civilian and the military populations, and it has been endorsed as a best practice for the treatment of PTSD by the United States Departments of Veterans Affairs and Defense, as well as the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies. Since it works, it must somehow operate via behavioral principles. However, our review of the literature indicates that it is difficult to find a behavior analytic conceptualization of CPT, or a behavior analytic explanation of its effectiveness.

 
The Complexities of PTSD Co-Morbidities
(Service Delivery)
AMBER GROAT (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Veterans and active duty seeking treatments for PTSD often experience chronic pain, and develop habits that lead to substance abuse problems that may interfere with the effective treatment of PTSD symptoms. Treatment approaches vary in which symptoms to treat first. In this symposium we review current research on treatment practices for PTSD, substance abuse, and the comorbidity of PTSD and substance abuse. We identify which treatment approaches are emerging vs. established treatment approaches, and recommend research areas that behavior analyst can further explore and expand the treatment of PTSD and comorbid substance abuse. Furthermore, we bring behavior analytic terms and techniques into common treatment approaches currently evaluated in PTSD and comorbid substance abuse literature. We define some of the underlying contingencies that lead to the occurrence of comorbidity in veterans and active duty military with PTSD, and suggest future directions treatment providers might consider in addressing the complexities of PTSD comorbidities.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #116
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

ECHO Autism: Bringing Best Practice Autism Care to Community Providers

Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-9
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D.
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
KRISTIN SOHL (University of Missouri Health Care)
Kristin Sohl, MD, FAAP is an Associate Professor of Clinical Child Health at the University of Missouri, Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders and Associate Chair for the Child Health Department. She is a pediatrician with extensive experience in medical diagnosis, evaluation and treatment of children with a concern of autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders. Dr. Sohl is regarded as an expert in quality and process improvement for comprehensive autism diagnostic and longitudinal services. She is the site principle investigator for the Autism Intervention Research for Physical Health/Autism Treatment Network (AIRP/ATN) and serves in national leadership roles with each of these programs. She is the founder of ECHO Autism, an innovative framework to increase community capacity to care for children with autism and other developmental/behavioral concerns. Her research focuses on systems change to improve healthcare and also focuses on understanding underlying medical conditions in individuals with autism. Dr. Sohl is a tireless advocate for children and enjoys engaging other physicians in being a voice for children's health. She serves on the Executive Board of the Missouri Chapter of the American Academy of Pediatrics. She completed medical school and pediatric residency at the University of Missouri.
Abstract:

ECHO Autism is an innovative model that leverages video-conferencing technology to create virtual learning networks of community providers. Community Providers regularly share deidentified case information with a team of experts who mentor through best practice strategies. ECHO Autism is reaching thousands of children in North America by training their primary care physicians and therapists. ECHO Autism for Primary Care Physicians/Practitioners focuses on increasing self-efficacy in identifying symptoms of autism and managing common medical and psychiatric comorbidities. ECHO Autism ABA and ECHO Autism School Psychology are other iterations of the model being used to disseminate and mentor best practice methods in rural and underserved communities.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand Extension for Community Healthcare Outcomes (ECHO) Model; (2) Articulate how ECHO Autism is improving access to care for children in rural and underserved communities; (3) List 3 benefits to participating in ECHO clinic.
 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB
New Developments in Human Services and Organizational Behavior Management
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adam S. Warman (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Adam S. Warman, M.S.
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) has a long history of improving employee performance in human service settings. As human services continue to grow the need for OBM will also expand. It is essential for OBM to refine its current techniques, and develop new intervention strategies so that it can meet the ever changing demands of human services. This symposium contains three data-based presentations on key aspects of human services. The first two presentations present data on refining two common staff management procedures: antecedent prompts and training. The last presentation addresses safety for employees by means of a retrospective analysis. These studies add to the existing repertoire of OBM practitioners as they assess and design treatment plans to increase employee safety and performance.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Antecedent interventions, Behavioral skilltraining, Employee safety
Target Audience:

Practicing behavior analysts in applied settings who have an interest in OBM topics

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify specific characteristics of antecedent intervention stimuli that are most likely to evoke a consistent response from the verbal organism, in contrast to those characteristics that result in an ineffective antecedent intervention. 2. Attendees will describe how video critiques may be used in lieu of role play sessions when conducting behavioral skills training. 3. Attendees will identify the factors of human service workplaces that have been demonstrated to contribute to the likelihood of injury in both staff and patients.
 
An Evaluation of Static Versus Dynamic Antecedents on Human Service Employees
ADAM S. WARMAN (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center), Ting Chen (The Faison Center)
Abstract: Antecedents, in the forms of memos, signs, and emails are common in the work environment. These simple interventions are likely widespread due in part to the relative ease of delivery and low cost; however, antecedent interventions without correlated consequences may not have a significant or long-lasting effect. This study evaluated the effects of no signs, static signs (i.e., fixed and unchanging), signs that changed daily (i.e., color, size and location), and signs that changed daily and were humorous (i.e., presented the prompt with a character and a catch-phrase). Results suggested that signs that change daily in either form have a greater effect on changing employee behavior. Implications for antecedent interventions in organizations will be discussed.
 
Towards an Efficient Model of Group Staff Training: The Utility of Video Critiques
JULIA IANNACCONE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Behavior Skills Training (BST) is considered best practice for teaching a variety of skills. However, of practical concern is the time required to rehearse these procedures (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012). Another time-consuming aspect of BST, particularly in group training, is progress measurement, which is typically percent correct implementation within session (e.g., Nigro-Bruzzi & Sturmey, 2010). Video models with errors (henceforth referred to as video critiques) were developed in the current study which involved a confederate either implementing a behavioral treatment correctly or incorrectly. Newly hired direct care staff watched the video and documented treatment integrity. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of video critiques within the context of BST to teach direct care staff behavioral principles. First, total agreement to an answer key in a video critique was validated as a measure of performance against percent correct implementation in role play sessions. Twenty newly hired direct care staff participated and no statistical differences between the two measures were found. Next, in lieu of role play sessions, video critiques demonstrating multiple exemplars of treatment protocols were utilized. Results suggest video critiques may be a more efficient method to effectively train and monitor progress in large groups.
 

Injury Prediction in Human Service Settings Serving Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders and Related Intellectual Disabilities: Staff Injury Potential and Patient Injury Potential

SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Staff working in human service settings (e.g., direct care staff) are at high risk of being injured on the job, and workplace violence initiated by the patient results in the largest proportion of injuries to staff in these settings (Bureau of Labor Statistics [BLS], 2014). While ample research exists for predicting staff injuries within psychiatric settings (e.g., Cunningham, Connor, Miller, & Melloni, 2003), little to no research has been conducted on risk factors in other human service settings, such as organizations who serve individuals with autism and related intellectual disabilities. This study involves a retrospective analysis of staff injuries documented in an inpatient unit specializing in the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior for individuals 4-21 years old, and who are diagnosed with autism, intellectual disabilities, and related disorders. Purposes of this study include: 1) determining to what extent staff working in this particular setting are likely to be injured on the job; 2) examining the severity of injuries incurred by staff; 3) attempting to generate an actuarial model of staff injury potential (SIP); 4) attempting to generate an actuarial model of a patient's injury potential (PIP); and lastly 5) using staff, patient, and contextual factors in an attempt to identify a statistical model that best accounts for staff injuries within this inpatient unit.

 
 
Panel #118
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
PDS: Variations in Supervision Practices: How to Best Conduct Supervision Using Different Methodologies
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Cheryl J. Davis, Ph.D.
Chair: Cheryl J. Davis (7 Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA)
DANA R. REINECKE (Long Island University Post; SupervisorABA)
BREANNE K. HARTLEY (Little Star Center)
VALBONA DEMIRI (Hopewell Valley Regional School District; Endicott College)
Abstract:

The standards for Board Certified Behavior Analyst supervision have changed greatly over the past decade. As stated by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, the supervisee's primary focus should be acquiring new behavior analytic skills related to the BACB Task List, with activities consistent with the dimensions of applied behavior analysis identified by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968). Providing appropriate supervision includes clinical case review, direct observation and reviewing the application of BACB Task List items. Supervising potential BCBAs may be accomplished using varied formats, including in-person meetings and observations and distance contact through both synchronous and asynchronous modes. This expert panel comprises BCBA supervisors who use various modes of supervision, including in-person, distance, university practicum, private practice, clinic-based, and more. Panelists will present best practices in providing supervision, share tracking systems, and discuss dilemmas faced when providing supervision. There will be a discussion with the audience with an emphasis on best practices, assessing supervisees skills and acquisition of new skills, as well as supervisor effectiveness.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is BACB supervisors who have completed an 8-hour supervision training.

Learning Objectives: At the end of the panel, participants will: 1. Describe best practices to utilize in supervision 2. Identify recommended structure for supervision 3. Summarize various means to evaluate supervisee skill development 4. List ethical implications in supervision
Keyword(s): BACB supervision, Effective Supervision, Ethical supervision, Supervisory skills
 
 
Invited Tutorial #119
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
SQAB Tutorial: Behavioral Economics and Public Policy
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Chair: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors: : STEVEN R. HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract:

Much of public policy has to do with how to formulate policy to either directly influence human behavior toward some common goal or consider the indirect effects of public policy on human behavior. From a behavior analytic point of view, public policy designed to influence behavior can manipulate discriminative control of behavior through advertising and education, offer reinforcers as incentives to shift behavior toward more productive or healthy choices, or introduce costs or penalties to discourage destructive or unhealthy choices. Underlying nearly all public policy decisions is a need to understand what sorts of things people want—what do people desire and how much will they pay for the things that they desire. Effective public policy harnesses our natural desires and directs them toward more healthy and productive outcomes by offering new and better alternatives, lowering the perceived costs of desired alternatives, and discouraging less desirable alternatives. Framed in this way, we can see that public policy is all about behavioral economics—the science that quantifies the essential value of commodities and defines the cost/benefit relationships associated with those commodities. In this tutorial I will explain scientific principles and methods for quantifying essential value and demand for alternative goods. I will draw on animal studies using drugs as reinforcers, human studies of drugs as reinforcers and other commodities, and studies of both isolated demand for single goods and competing demand between several goods. I will show extrapolations of these principles to public policy to stimulate future research and application beyond the bulk of prior research. I will conclude by demonstrating that impulsive behavior that is also a focus of behavioral economics and public policy is, at its core, another way to look at the relative essential value of goods, with time as the dimension of cost.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand how economic demand is studied as a behavioral process; (2) understand how economic demand can be used to assess the essential value of goods; (3) be familiar with the inter-relationships between demand, choice, and delay discounting; (4) describe how behavioral economics and essential value can be used to help shape public policy.
 
STEVEN R. HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Dr. Steve Hursh is President and Chief Scientist of the Institutes for Behavior Resources in Baltimore, MD. He directs research and application efforts on human performance and fatigue, behavioral economics, drug abuse, and cooperative team performance. He is also Adjunct Professor of Behavioral Biology in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. His leadership of IBR builds on a distinguished career both as a behavioral researcher and research manager, including 23 years of experience as a scientist in the US Army, serving as the consultant to the Army Surgeon General for Research Psychology, Director of the Division of Neuropsychiatry at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, and as a medical staff officer in the Office of the Assistant Secretary of the Army (Research, Development, and Acquisition). Dr. Hursh is a recognized co-founder of the Behavioral Economics subfield of Behavioral Psychology. His exponential model of economic demand has been widely adopted for research and analysis of consumer behavior. His research papers have introduced into the behavioral vocabulary a number of standard terms: open and closed economies, demand curves and demand elasticity, unit price, substitution and complementarity, Pmax, Omax, and recently an exponential model of demand that has broad generality across species and reinforcers. His extensions to drug abuse and the framing of drug abuse policy have had a major impact on the research direction of the National Institute of Drug Abuse. The concept of essential value derived from exponential demand has promise as a framework for assessing abuse liability, defining the nature of drug addiction, and more broadly providing a framework for understanding how public policy can shape human behavior. Dr. Hursh earned his B.A. in Psychology from Wake Forest University and Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from the University of California, San Diego. Over his 45 years in research, Steve has authored or co-authored over 100 published articles, book chapters, and technical reports, and served as associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and guest reviewer for numerous other journals.
 
 
Symposium #120
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
On the Efficiency, Complexity, and Safety of Functional Analyses of Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Holly Gover (Western New England University)
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Richard G. Smith, M.S.
Abstract:

Obstacles behavior analysts cite as reasons not to conduct functional analyses include the amount of time, complexity, and safety of functional analyses, and the potential inability to address multiple topographies of problem behavior at once. The current symposium will address these and related issues through evaluations of (a) components of functional analyses, (b) the utility of different models of functional analysis, (c) social acceptability of consultant-supported functional analyses, and (d) procedures for promoting safety and addressing multiple topographies of problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): consulting, functional analysis, problem behavior, social acceptability
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is researchers and practitioners interested in the assessment of problem behavior. The ideal audience has a background in behavior analysis or works with individuals with developmental disabilities.

Learning Objectives: 1. The first presentation will help participants to describe components necessary to conduct a successful functional analysis of problem behavior 2. Participants will learn to assess the utility of different models of functional analyses based on efficiency and data-based decisions 3. The third presentation will help participants learn about a consulting model to teach paraprofessionals a functional analysis method 4. The fourth presentation will teach participants how to conduct an expedited extinction analysis of problem behavior when confronted with the task of analyzing multiple topographies
 

A Review of Trends in Efficiency and Implementation Components of Published Functional Analyses (1965-2016)

RACHEL METRAS (Student), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Since the publication of Iwata et al. 1982/1994, functional assessment has evolved to become considered best practice in the treatment of problem behavior for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Fischer et al., 2016; Pelios, Morren, Tesch, & Axelrod, 1999). Though legal mandates requiring access to functional assessment are further evidence of the broader cultural importance of function-based behavioral intervention (Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act, 2004), surveys of practicing behavior analysts conducted over the last 10 years (Love, Carr, Almason, & Petursdottir, 2009; Oliver, Pratt, & Normand, 2015; Roscoe et al., 2015) reveal most practitioners are choosing to run descriptive assessments over more rigorous experimental analyses in their own practices. To investigate this issue, we review trends of published functional analyses for efficiency and number of components necessary for a successful analysis.

 

A Data-Based Decision-Making Model in the Selection of Functional Analysis Procedures

JAMES MOORE (University of Southern Mississippi; Canopy Children's Solutions), Breanna Newborne (Canopy Children's Solutions), Hayden Rizer (University of Southern Mississippi), Meleah Ackley (University of Southern Mississippi), Heather Whipple (University of Southern Mississippi; Kennedy-Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Hanley et al. (2003) outlined the practical issue of efficiency in the use of functional analysis procedures. Recently, fervent debate has arisen regarding the use of standardized, synthesized, and other functional analysis. At times, standard functional analysis procedures yield zero-rates of problem behavior, perhaps because they fail to capture the true establishing operation, which may involve a combination of multiple stimulus events. In the current study, indirect descriptive assessments in the form of open-ended interviews were conducted and compared with standard functional analysis procedures as described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994). These results were then compared with functional analysis procedures derived from the results of the open-ended interview. Results suggested that in some cases, standard functional analysis procedures that yield zero-rates of responding were not congruent with the establishing operations suggested by interviewees. Revised analysis, including concurrent operant arrangements and synthesized contingencies, produced clear rates of responding under conditions described by caregivers and teachers during interviews. Finally, a trial-based synthesized contingency analysis was piloted that successfully determined behavioral function in under 30 minutes of session time, on average. Results are discussed in terms of individualized assessment, and using descriptive analyses to inform the design of relevant functional analysis conditions.

 

Consultant-Supported Functional Analysis in Educational Settings

CORY WHELAN (May Institute; Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Practitioners report an almost exclusive reliance on indirect and descriptive assessments when conducting functional behavior assessments (FBA) of severe problem behavior (SPB) in school and residential settings, despite the absence of evidence supporting their utility when not complimented with a functional analysis. Practitioners also report that they do not conduct functional analyses due to concerns with safety, amount of time required, and lack of necessary resources. This project describes a collaborative approach for conducting effective functional analysis of SPB in educational settings. The process involved the collaborative conduct of a particular type of functional analysis referred to as an Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) for students with SPB. With the consult of a board certified behavior analyst, the participants conducted interviews, designed conditions, ran sessions, and collected and analyzed data. All analyses yielded differentiated outcomes safely and quickly. Survey results showed that the process was considered sufficiently safe, fast, and effective by the practitioners for use in their educational settings.

 

An Evaluation of Progressive Extinction to Assess Response Class Membership of Multiple Topographies of Problem Behavior

CHRISTINE A. WARNER (Western New England University; New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific), Holly Gover (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University), Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group), Kelsey Ruppel (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Persons with autism often engage in multiple topographies of problem behavior. Conducting functional analyses of each form as recommended by Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003) may be too time consuming. As an alternative, we progressively applied extinction in test conditions that were differentiated from their control conditions to determine response class membership of multiple topographies of problem behavior. During interview-informed and synthesized test conditions, all reported problem behaviors were initially reinforced. Progressive extinction based on the procedures described by Magee and Ellis (2000) was then implemented during which problem behavior types were sequentially placed on extinction for four participants. Expedited or brief extinction analyses were conducted with the remaining participants in which all but the most concerning topography of problem behavior were placed on extinction. Results showed that all topographies of problem behavior that were reported to co-occur, including the most concerning topographies, were evoked and maintained by the same contingencies across all nine participants. We highlight the conditions under which a full or expedited extinction analysis should be considered when functionally analyzing multiple topographies of problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #124
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Mathematics and Executive Function Skills With Typical and Near-Typical Learners
Saturday, May 26, 2018
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom A
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew R. Kieta (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Richard M. Kubina (Penn State)
CE Instructor: Richard M. Kubina, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways. The first two presentations focus on mathematics instruction for pre-schoolers and middle school students. In the first presentation, James Stocker will describe research demonstrating the effects of computational fluency on middle school students? higher order math skills and quantitative reasoning repertoires in a public charter school. Next, Kerri Milyko will demonstrate how to adapt a commercially available pre-school mathematics ?app? to increase active responding, reinforcement, discrimination training, individual generalization and application to a wider array of students. The second two presentations focus on teaching executive functioning skills and repertoires to elementary and middle school students. In the third presentation, Shiloh Isbell will demonstrate how so-called executive functioning can be broken down into component learning-to-learn behaviors and taught discretely, and how middle school students can be taught to self-assess their executive dysfunction, and apply the component learning behaviors to promote application and adduction. Next, Vivian Mach will show how teaching elementary aged students (a) the behaviors correlated with executive functioning skills, and (b) how to name the behavior required in a given situation, facilitates their academic gains and ability to successfully complete standardized tests to reintegrate in their former school.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

behavior analysts and other education and psychology professionals

 

Effects of Frequency Building Using a Modified Morningside Academy Math Facts Curriculum on Middle School Students' Mathematics Achievement

(Applied Research)
JAMES STOCKER (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Computational and procedural fluency are critical elements that support mathematics achievement. Using curricular materials from Morningside Academy, a frequency building intervention was implemented in a public charter middle school (n=84). Students engaged in 12 minutes of daily practice for 50 days that consisted of three thirty-second timings solving for missing numbers in addition fact families followed by a one-minute timing of related math facts. The same procedure was repeated for multiplication fact families. Students completed a two-minute Curriculum Based Measurements (CBM) on Fridays and self-monitored progress using a computer-based standard celeration chart application. The treatment group outperformed the control group yielding a mean gain of 51 digits correct or 38 correct problems per three minutes on the Woodcock-Johnson IV (WJ-IV) fluency sub-test and 21 correct problems or 28 digits correct per two minutes on weekly CBM measures. The treatment group continued to outperform the control on generalization measures that consisted of reducing fractions, long division, and computing fractions with unlike denominators. Effect sizes from the WJ-IV tests of mathematics achievement will be discussed with emphasis on gains in quantitative reasoning. Teachers found the intervention socially valid, easy to implement, and beneficial to pace of instruction impacting overall mathematics performance.

 

Native Numbers With Precision: Adapting an Educational App for Precision Teaching

(Service Delivery)
KERRI L. MILYKO (Precision Teaching Learning Center)
Abstract:

The growing use of educational apps has helped increase access to fun, yet challenging, learning opportunities for children. Little learners are more inclined to play an educational game filling in the missing letter with a talking robot and shooting stars, rather than studying flash cards. However, these educational apps, while somewhat intuitive, always seem to miss critical features required to fully embrace the educational behavior analytic community's standards. One such app is Native Numbers. Native Numbers is brilliant with respect to the scope and sequence of each "lesson" to conceptually and fluently teach number sense. However, essential barriers make it not conducive to all learners. These barriers include 1) ratio strain, 2) excessive error correction, 3) punitive settings with no balanced reinforcers, and 4) limited modes of responding (e.g. learning channels). The team at Precision TLC adapted Native Numbers into one that was not computer based, required tangibles, vocal responses, motor responses, and flexible discrimination sensitive to the learner. This presentation will describe and demonstrate the app, detail strengths and limitations when working with particular students, and show how Precision TLC's curriculum strengthens the app to help promote individual generalization and application to a wider array of students.

 
Executive Dysfunction in the Classroom: A Behavioral Interpretation
(Service Delivery)
SHILOH M ISBELL (Morningside Academy), Brien McGuire (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Many students are unsuccessful in school not because they have a specific learning disability but rather because they lack a strong repertoire of executive functioning skills. To be successful in a classroom, students need crucial behavioral repertoires such as response inhibition, task initiation, and sustained attention, to name a few. Rather than treating the concepts surrounding executive functioning as a cognitive problem, this presentation examines them through a behavior analytic framework. Using diagnostic assessments adapted from Smart but Scattered: The Revolutionary "Executive Skills" Approach to Helping Kids Reach Their Potential (Dawson & Guare, 2011), this presentation explores ways to measure and shape executive functioning in the middle school classroom setting. Students self assess using behavior checklists and their personal ratings are cross-referenced with ratings given by the teacher. Behavior repertoires for deficit skills are broken down into component behaviors and taught discretely, and then students are given application opportunities to measure application and adduction.
 

Enhancing Executive Function Skills by Teaching Retelling With Logic Problems

(Service Delivery)
VIVIAN MACH (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

Executive Function refers to both self-regulation and self-direction (Barkley 2011; Delis 2012). Improvement in self-regulatory skills can lead to short and long-term accomplishments in a student's academic career (Dawson and Guare, 2009). Using a behavior analytic approach to acquire skills such as response inhibition, working memory, and goal-directed persistence, students will advance their Language of Instruction. We presented logic problems and retelling activities in small groups of elementary-aged students, while observing and measuring classroom behaviors correlating with the executive skills being enhanced, such as being patient, following one-two step instructions, actively staying with a group member, starting and ending a task. Students conducted the prescribed activities through peer coaching, which involved one partner leading complex see/say directions for the other performer to hear/write directions and hear/do tasks. We measured how many tasks each member of the pair can accurately complete in a fixed amount of time. Improvement in behaviors that correlate with the acquired executive functioning skills enhance students' academic language, which in turn facilitates academic gains and student ability to successfully complete standardized tests to reintegrate in their former school.

 
 
Symposium #126
CE Offered: BACB
Utilizing Basic Strategies to Achieve Positive Outcomes for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ashly Voorde (LOGAN Community Resources, Inc.)
Discussant: Ian Melton (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Ian Melton, M.S.
Abstract:

Goals in applied settings are to improve client outcome. Frequently fundamental interventions are discounted for more complicated, labor intensive ones. The papers in this symposium will discuss two research projects. Specific data are presented on a specific staff training strategy to teach staff to become proficient group teachers. The second paper presents data on a strategy to increase staff/client engagement across activities in a center-based setting.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Practioners

 

Teaching Staff to Effectively Teach Groups of Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (Behavioral Concepts, Inc), Katelyn Moisan (BCI), micaela grady (BCI)
Abstract:

The literature in applied behavior analysis (ABA) clearly indicates effective strategies to teach staff to successfully teach learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in 1:1 instructional formats. There are few resources available, however, specific to training staff to become effective and efficient group teachers. The current project takes place in a center with 10 learners with ASD ranging from 3-7 years-of-age, and 10 staff. The project evaluates the use of didactic instruction combined with competency-based checklists to teach skills essential to effective group teaching. Dependent measures include teaching skills broken down into sub-categories consisting of environmental arrangement, prompting, reinforcement, and management of problem behaviors, among others, with corresponding didactic instruction. Skills for both group leaders and support staff are targeted. Data was collected using both per opportunity and interval sampling. A multiple baseline design across sets of skills with-in groups was utilized to evaluate the intervention. Preliminary data indicates that the intervention is effective in providing group teaching skills to group leaders (data attached). Results will be discussed well as suggestions for next steps and future research.

 

Making Significant Staff and Client Behavior Change Using Basic Strategies

(Service Delivery)
Jill E. McGrale Maher (Behavioral Concepts, Inc), KATELYN MOISAN (Behavioral Concepts, Inc), Desdalin Black (Behavioral Concepts, Inc)
Abstract:

Environmental arrangement, client participation, and systematic treatment measures are essential and pivotal in evaluating effecting change in treatment environments (PLA-Check, Doke and Risley, 1972). Interventions require little observer effort, evaluating and comparing entire activity periods or settings using group recording time-sampling procedures. PLA-check measure sample proportions of time a client is observed to be appropriately engaged or participating in the target activity are then evaluated. The PLA-Check has since been applied to numerous treatment settings and has been used as a staff performance feedback system. This is a basic, effective, and easy system to dramatically change both staff and client behaviors. The current project replicates this basic procedure in a center for 10 clients ages 3-8 with ASD, and 10 staff. Preliminary data is presented. Results clearly indicate an increase in staff/engagement.

 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Misophonia: A Conditioned Respondent Behavior Disorder
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom AB
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas H. Dozier (Misophonia Institute; Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
CE Instructor: Thomas H. Dozier, M.S.
Abstract:

Misophonia is an understudied but relatively common respondent behavior condition, the effects of which range from annoying to debilitating. Misophonia cannot be classified with DSM or ICD-criteria. Misophonia is known as a condition where commonly occurring innocuous stimuli (e.g. chewing sound) elicit anger and accompanying physiological responses which function as motivating operations for overt aggression and escape. Recent basic research on misophonia as a behavioral phenomenon has identified an immediate physical response (typically a muscle flinch) elicited by misophonic stimuli, which is unique for each person. Although there are some common misophonic stimuli, each person has a unique set of stimuli, which often includes auditory and visual stimuli, but can be any sensory modality. Misophonia is similar to general sensory sensitivity which is common with autism, but the management and intervention for each are quite different. Misophonia was first identified and named by audiologists and has been considered a hearing disorder. Recently misophonia has come to be viewed as an anger disorder and the focus of psychiatrists, psychologists, and neuroscience. Behaviorally, misophonia is a classically conditioned physical respondent phenomenon, and it may be more appropriate to view misophonia as a conditioned behavioral disorder.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): classical conditioning, counterconditioning, misophonia, respondent behavior
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, other professional practitioners, and educators

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify two initial respondent behaviors of the misophonic response. 2. Identify the difference between misophonia and sensory over-responsivity. 3. Identify one intervention to reduce the initial physical response of misophonia.
 
Phenomenology of Misophonia: A Respondent Physical-Emotional Response Disorder
(Applied Research)
MICHELLE LOPEZ (Alliant International University, San Diego; Misophonia Institute), Thomas H. Dozier (Misophonia Treatment Institute; Misophonia Institute), Kate L. Morrison (Utah State University), Leighton Grampp (Alliant International University, San Diego)
Abstract: Two basic research studies on the phenomenology of misophonia were conducted to document the initial physical response to misophonic stimuli previously reported in cases studies. All participants were developmentally typical adults. One study exposed participants to weak auditory and visual misophonic stimuli, and they reported immediate physical sensations and emotions. All reported immediate physical responses to at least one of their stimuli. The second study used electromyography (EMG) and direct observation of the immediate physical response to misophonic stimuli in three participants. EMG responses were recorded for two participants and an observed physical response (tic-like or muscle flinch) was consistent but different in each participants. Response latency for the EMG measured response was several hundred milliseconds, indicating the responses were elicited reflexes and not general physiological arousal. Overall, results show that misophonic auditory and visual trigger stimuli elicit physical responses in addition to emotional responses. Therefore misophonia should be considered a condition in which otherwise innocuous stimuli elicit specific physical responses unique to the individual and strong emotional responses.
 

Counterconditioning Intervention for Misophonia

(Service Delivery)
THOMAS H. DOZIER (Misophonia Institute; Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Abstract:

Misophonia behavior patterns often impair multiple life domains, and once developed may persist indefinitely. Two adult participants with misophonia and no comorbid conditions were treated using a adapted counterconditioning intervention which provided a continual positive stimulus and an intermittent, low intensity misophonic stimulus. During the intervention, the participants experienced a physical reflex consisting of a skeletal muscle contraction, which gradually extinguished. Both participants had a large reduction in their misophonia impairment, and maintenance and generalization of the treatment effect. One intervention was a multiple baseline design, providing some empirical support of a functional relation. The intervention for one participant included live and recorded audio sessions. The second intervention utilized an automated stimulus delivery system (an iPhone app) which gave the participant real-time control of the counterconditioning parameters. These cases provide initial support for a counterconditioning treatment for misophonia, and they show that misophonia may include a physical respondent to misophonic stimuli.

 
 
Symposium #130
CE Offered: BACB
Persisting and Thriving: Recent Research on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, America's Cup A-D
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Megan St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Megan St. Clair, M.A.
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is a behavior analytic approach to intervening on complex verbal behavior, with the goal of disrupting maladaptive control by rules, leading to socially meaningful overt behavior change. The functional analyses that form the foundation of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy are broadly applicable and provide a set of analytical tools that can be used to understand adaptive and maladaptive behavior across a variety of settings and repertoires. This symposium brings together three presentations that adapt conceptual and practical analyses from the ACT literature to novel areas. The first paper, by Megan St. Clair, consists of a behavioral conceptual analysis of "grit." The second paper, by Lauren Servellon, consists of a research review and behavioral conceptual analysis of "resilience." The third paper, by Dr. Thomas Szabo, evaluates an ACT-based treatment program for gender-based violence in Sierra Leone.

Keyword(s): ACT, Grit, Resilience
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

 

No Room to Quit When You've Built Up Your Grit: A Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Grit and Implications for Functional Assessment and Treatment

(Theory)
MEGAN ST. CLAIR (Halo Behavioral Health), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Across the social sciences, grit can collectively be described as demonstrating single-minded persistence in pursuit of a goal, in spite of various forms of interference such as adversity, plateaus in progress, and even failure. While the construct of grit has received robust empirical attention in mainstream psychology within recent years, it has primarily been regarded as a stable personality characteristic, trait, or disposition which an individual either possesses or does not. This perception is limiting; however, when considering that it does not pave the way for effective behavioral acquisition. Unfortunately, thus far, the behavioral literature has contributed little to the understanding of grit as a behavioral phenomenon by functionally analyzing the behavioral mechanisms involved. This is concerning when considering that related traditional psychological research has widely documented that grit is highly correlated with positive outcomes in academic achievement, professional advancement, and personal ambitions that correspond to one's principal life objectives. Fortunately, a behavior analytic conceptualization supported by relational frame theory (RFT) and acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) would alternatively regard grit as yet another behavior to be explained in terms of its functional, behavior-environment relations. As such, within this context, grit is perceived as a complex behavior that has the potential to be built within one's repertoire by applying the principles of the science of behavior in functional analytic procedures that inform treatment methodology. This presentation will review the strengths and limitations of research on grit, with an emphasis on clinical implications and future directions.

 

Thriving in the Face of Adversity: A Review and Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Research on Promoting Resilience

(Theory)
LAUREN SERVELLON (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Resilience is a construct that refers to one's ability to continue living and even thrive, despite having experienced significant adversity. For example, veterans who return from war and report good quality of life and satisfaction in their normally daily non-combat lives are said to have good resilience. Veterans who struggle with depression, substance abuse and/or report low quality of life and/or happiness might be said to demonstrate low resilience. As a hypothetical internal causal construct, resilience has little to recommend it. However, response to adversity certainly differs among people and at least some of that difference must be due to learning history and therefore it seems likely that it must be possible to arrange interventions where adaptive responses to adverse circumstances can be strengthened. Research in clinical psychology has begun on treatment approaches designed to increase resilience, however little or no behavior analytic research has attempted to analyze or improve repertoires referred to as resilience. This presentation will review research on interventions designed to increase resilience and present a behavioral conceptual analysis of some of the repertoires that might contribute to adaptive responding in the face of adverse life circumstances.

 

Microaggression, Intimate Partner Gender-Based Violence, and Behavioral Flexibility Training in Sierra Leonean Couples

(Applied Research)
THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology), Hannah Bockarie (Commit & Act, Sierra Leone), Ross White (University of Liverpool), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Corinna Stewart (National University of Ireland), Beate Ebert (Commit & Act International)
Abstract:

Gender-based violence and a response class that may serve as its precursor, microaggression, are rarely studied by behavior analysts but likely entail a complex repertoire of physical, verbal and arbitrarily applied relational responding. Microaggression is particularly important to the reduction of gender-based violence because it often goes unnoticed and therefore unaddressed, but it predicts other more serious forms of aggression. Like most other operant behavior, it is reinforced without explicit awareness of its occurrence by the speaker or the listener. We conducted a multiple probe study across married couples in which microaggression and overtly aggressive behavior were recorded during and between sessions of a month-long, four-session behavioral flexibility training that was modeled on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. The study was conducted in a small west African nation where gender-based violence is reported to be at pandemic levels. Results showed immediate reductions in microaggression occurring within and between sessions. Subsequent reductions in aggression that occurred between sessions were also recorded and partner reports were endorsed by all participants during private communications when partners were not present. Further, collateral behavior that sometimes occurred before or during microaggression and physical assault (e.g., heavy drinking, drug use, and betrayal) were weakened and replacement behaviors strengthened.

 
 
Symposium #131
CE Offered: BACB
Toolbox for Success: An Evaluation of Instructional Strategies for Employment and Daily Living Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom AB
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Erin Lynn Sorenson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Ann Korneder, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Young adults and adolescents with developmental disabilities are particularly vulnerable to the negative impact of deficits in functional and daily living skills. These skills are essential to an improved quality of life, greater independence, and integration into the community (Gardner & Wolfe, 2015). In addition, many young adults find themselves unprepared to transition into competitive employment after formal education (Hartman, 2009). Several instructional strategies have been utilized for teaching these transition-related skills, including self-monitoring (Rusch & Dattilo, 2012), Behavioral Skills Training (BST; Kelly, Wildman, & Berler, 1980), and video-based procedures such as video modeling and video prompting (Seaman & Malone, 2016; Gardner & Wolfe, 2015). This presentation will examine two research studies and a program evaluation focused on the utility of these instructional tools for teaching daily living, pre-employment, and job-related social skills for young adults and adolescents diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Varied changes in performance levels will be discussed in relation to each of these strategies with the inclusion of a variety of training features.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): daily living, pre-employment, social skills, video-based instruction
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs

 
Press Play! The Effects of Video Prompting and Frequency Building to Teach Daily Living Skills
(Applied Research)
JENNIFER WERTALIK (Armstrong State University)
Abstract: The striking increase in prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has contributed to a growing awareness of the needs of adolescents and adults (Ratto & Mesibov, 2015), with acquisition of independent living skills constituting a primary concern for parents and families (Heiman, 2002). However, many individuals with ASD exit high school lacking the ability to care for their daily needs (Gray et al., 2015). The present study used an adapted alternating treatments design to evaluate and compare the effects of video prompting (VP) and video prompting plus frequency building (VP + FB) to teach daily living skills to three adolescents with ASD. Results demonstrated all three students made substantial improvements over their baseline performance using VP and VP + FB. Furthermore, a strong intervention effect emerged for VP and VP + FB conditions when compared to the control task. However, in terms of one intervention proving superior to the other (e.g., VP to VP + FB), the data offer a mixed interpretation with VP + FB affecting change better for two of the three students. The frequency building component in the VP + FB had strong, consistent gains for all students in terms of retention.
 

An Applied Behavior Analysis Approach to Teaching Pre-Employment Skills

(Service Delivery)
JESSICA ANN KORNEDER (Oakland University), Kristin Rohrbeck (Oakland University)
Abstract:

An estimated 50,000 adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) turn eighteen annually in the United States, but are unprepared to engage in typical independent adult lifestyles when they graduate, including maintaining employment (Roux, Shattuck, Cooper, Anderson, Wagner, & Narendorf, 2013). Problems in the workplace can be present due to the significant social and perceptual deficits including problems understanding social cues, understanding emotions, inflexibility with change, and difficulty adapting to new tasks and routines (Muller, Schuler, Burton, & Yates, 2003). The current program evaluation is aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of an intensive employment skills training program for fifteen adults with high-functioning ASD. Teaching strategies evaluated include self-monitoring, behavioral skills training, video modeling and feedback. Adults with ASD were evaluated by momentary time sampling, percentage of opportunities, and self-monitoring. Soft skills monitored include staying engaged, following directions, self-advocating, respectfulness, independence, peer interactions, assertiveness, and risk-taking. This program evaluation assessed participant growth in self-regulation techniques and increases in socially appropriate behaviors to increase successful pre-employment skills. Results indicated that risk-taking and taking a leadership role are pre-employment skills that need more intervention than other soft skills such as direction-taking and staying engaged.

 

You're Hired! Examining the Effects of First-Person Point-of-View Video Models as an Instructional Tool for Job-Related Social Skills

(Applied Research)
KAYLA JENSSEN (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Kimberly Peck (Western Michigan University), Sean Field (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Despite a growing emphasis on autism-related services, many young adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are underemployed and unprepared for employment (Hartman, 2009). Social skill deficits are reported as the reason for 90% of employment loss (Murray & Doren, 2013), and nine of 10 reasons applicants are rejected during a job interview (Elsknin & Elsknin, 1991). One instructional method that has been used to teach social skills is video modeling. Past research on first-person point-of-view (FPPOV) video modeling (shown from the perspective of the performer) has demonstrated changes in behavior only when FPPOV video models are combined with additional intervention. This presentation will focus on a study conducted to examine the effectiveness of FPPOV video models as a stand-alone instructional tool for job-related social skills for four young adults diagnosed with ASD, ages 18 to 26. Results suggest that FPPOV video models alone were not effective for teaching job-related social skills until embedded in the Behavioral Skills Training (BST) package or after the addition of enhanced video features. This presentation serves as an extension of the video modeling literature and will present additional avenues for continued research on behavior-based instructional tools for job-related social skills.

 
 
Symposium #132
CE Offered: BACB
Emerging Technologies and Alternative Modalities of Preference Assessment
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Audrey N. Hoffmann (Johnson State College)
CE Instructor: Audrey N. Hoffmann, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A large body of evidence exists supporting the use of preference assessment as part of providing behavior analytic services to individuals with disabilities. Although several empirically supported methods for identifying preference exist, practitioners and researchers often need to modify and individualize preference assessments to meet client needs, especially when using emerging technologies. For example, practitioners and researchers may need to identify preference for content on electronic devices or modalities for augmentative and assistive technology. The purpose of this symposium is to highlight the use of alternative forms of preference assessments. The first speaker will present a literature review study examining the efficacy of alternative modality stimulus preference assessments. The second speaker will present a study examining a modified MSWO preference assessment using picture icons to assess preference for content on an iPad. The third speaker will present a study examining preference for alternative communication apps commonly used by individuals with disabilities. Implications for alternative modality and individualized preference assessments will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): alternative modality, communication applications, preference assessment, technology
Target Audience:

Applied Behavior Analysts, Researchers, Behavior Analytic Practitioners, Educators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research examining alternative forms of preference assessment; (2) list at least two methods for assessing preference for content on electronic devices; (3) explain why alternative methods of preference assessment may be necessary in everyday practice
 

Assessing Preferences of Individuals With Developmental Disabilities Using Alternative Stimulus Modalities: A Review

Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), CATHERINE COPSEY (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

The purpose of this review was to identify investigations comparing the efficacy of alternative modality stimulus preference assessments for individuals with developmental disabilities. We identified articles by searching peer-reviewed journals using the PsycINFO and ERIC databases, conducting table of content searches of common behavioral outlets, and conducting ancestral searches of recent reviews and practitioner summaries of preference assessment methods. A total of 32 articles met our inclusion criteria. These studies were then coded across a variety of features to gain a better understanding of the efficacy of alternative format preference assessment for individuals with developmental disabilities. In addition, we reviewed this literature for the use of prerequisite skill assessments and contingent reinforcer access to further investigate the relation between these variables and the success of pictorial, verbal, and video preference assessments. A variety of methodological concerns are discussed as well as suggestions for future research.

 

Using Pictures Depicting App Icons to Conduct an Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment on a Tablet Device

Audrey N. Hoffmann (Johnson State College), RYAN PASKINS (Utah State University), Anna Brady (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University; Utah Behavior Support Clinic)
Abstract:

High tech items, such as iPads, are increasingly being used for individuals receiving behavior analytic services. When using iPads as part of behavioral services, it is important to assess preference for content delivered on the device, (i.e., applications or apps). Presenting apps for selection within a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment may involve unique difficulties (i.e., having multiple iPads to deliver an app on each screen, or needing to move apps around on the device prior to every presentation). This study examined the effects of using pictures depicting app icons within an MSWO preference assessment followed by reinforcer assessments to validate preference assessment outcomes. Participants included six adults with intellectual or developmental disabilities attending a vocational day program. Results of the app icon preference assessment included identifying preference hierarchies for all participants. Subsequently, when given a choice to earn different apps, five participants showed a clear pattern of responding toward the highest preferred app. Results have implications for using alternative formats when conducting preference assessments using high-tech devices.

 
Preference of Two Communication Applications and Ease of Navigation
DAPHNE HARTZHEIM (Louisiana State University), Surani Nakkawita (Louisiana State University), Cara Tyson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to investigate how quickly someone unfamiliar to communication devices would navigate through two different systems. Further, our aim was to identify system preference. We recruited 10 adults, ages 20-30 years old. Recruitment continues until 30 adults and 15 children have participated in the study. Informed consent was obtained from participants. Twenty words with high- and low-frequency occurrence in regular conversation were identified. We utilized two communication apps (i.e. Speak for Yourself (SfY) and Proloquo2Go (P2G)) that are frequently used by therapists. SfY is based on motor planning theories, while P2G has a linguistic organization. Participants were asked to find words four times, twice using P2G and twice using SfY. All sessions were video-recorded to measure reliability. Duration and frequency of touches to get to target word were measured. Additionally, we interviewed each participant on their device preference. Thus far, results indicate no significant difference frequency of touches during first attempt between the apps. During the second attempt, participants needed less touches using P2G. Further, participants used less time using P2G. All ten participants indicated a preference for P2G due to ease of operation, categorization, logical organization and color coded layout.
 
 
Symposium #133
CE Offered: NASP
Applications of a Behavioral-Developmental Stage Model to Intelligence in Animals, Humans, and Androids
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Coronado Ballroom DE
Area: DEV/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Androids may be based on the behavioral developmental and evolutionary stage model: An Android is "computer based" synthetic organism designed to act like a human. We have created a higher order neural network that thinks, perceives, understands, predicts and manipulates better than insects. Our goal is to emulate the behavior smartest people as measured by their behavioral-developmental stage. Operant conditioning is based conditioning based on four instances of respondent conditioning: 1) respondent conditioning case pairs the reinforcer with the eliciting neural stimulus for the operant response. 2) Pairing of the now salient neural stimulus that elicits the operant with the environment event. 3) Pairing of the environmental event with the reinforcing stimulus.4) pairing of the stimulus elected by the drive with the reinforcement event, changing the strength of the reinforcer. Because of the simplicity of the calculations. These neural networks should be faster and smaller. The first three developmental and evolutionary behavioral stages are Order 1 tasks that are addressed with automatic unconditioned responses; Order 2 tasks include classical conditioning but not operant conditioning. Order 3 tasks coordinate three instances of these earlier tasks to make possible operant conditioning. Neural networks operate at this order as well as some invertebrates and all insects.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

People interested in Computer models of behavior, androids and evolution of "smarts" in animals. No experience or knowledge of computer is required. Some background of Respondent and Operant Conditioning is required.

Learning Objectives: The students will learn about the evolution of animals "smarts" that predict how much reinforcement they obtain by successfully obtain by doing more difficult tasks. They will learn about the evolution of operant conditioning from respondent conditioning. They will learn how to make androids that are equally smarter or smarter than humans.
 
The First Three Developmental and Evolutionary Behavioral Stages
(Basic Research)
MANSI J SHAH (Dare Association)
Abstract: The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a behavioral model of developmental and evolutionary stage, based on task analysis. Tasks are ordered in terms of their hierarchical complexity, which is an ordinal scale that measures difficulty. Successful performance on a task is called the behavioral stage. This model can be applied to non-human animals, humans as well as to androids. Using data from simple animals and more complex one, we will describe the three lowest behavioral stages and illustrate them using the behaviors of a range of simple organisms. For example, Order 1 tasks and performance on them are addressed with automatic unconditioned responses. Behavior at this order includes sensing, tropisms, habituation and other automatic behaviors. Single cell organisms operate at this order. Order 2 tasks include these earlier behaviors, but also include classical conditioning but not operant conditioning. Animals such as some simple invertebrates have shown classical conditioning, but not operant conditioning. Order 3 tasks coordinate three instances of these earlier tasks to make possible operant conditioning. Neural networks operate at this order as well as some invertebrates and all insects.
 
Respondent Conditioning Based on Adaptive Neural Networks
(Basic Research)
SIMRAN TRISAL MALHOTRA (Dare Association), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract: Adaptive neural networks can be constructed from four cases of respondent conditioning. Respondently based neural networks reduce error and act as amplifiers using the all-or-nothing method. Within each module, a “0” means no Stimulus A and the “1” means an occurrence of Stimulus A. To obtain an output, one multiples either a “0” or a “1”. The first respondent conditioning case pairs the reinforcer with the eliciting neural stimulus for the operant response. The pairing strengthens and makes salient that eliciting neural stimulus. The second case is the pairing of the now salient neural stimulus that elicits the operant with the environment event. The third is the pairing of the environmental event with the reinforcing stimulus. The fourth is the pairing of the stimulus elected by the drive with the reinforcement event, changing the strength of the reinforcer. The network should be able to adapt to its environment of stimuli and better processes the information. It is shown that there are four modules, each representing a responding conditioning case. Because of the simplicity of the calculations, neural networks built in this manner should be faster and smaller.
 
Androids Based on the Behavioral Developmental and Evolutionary Stage Model
(Basic Research)
ANISHA BAIDYA (Dare Association)
Abstract: An intelligent agent, or Android is “computer based” synthetic organism designed to act like a human. Researchers are working on developing computational models of human behavior. They are very far from accurate or useful simulations of intelligent behavior. The Androids here are based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. The Model of Hierarchical Complexity is a general behavioral-developmental theory that applies to behavior of all animals, including humans and computer based models. That Model is consistent with evolution. The Orders of Hierarchical Complexity are mathematical model that may be applied to account for how organisms and groups of organisms behave. At present, the artificial neural networks operate at Stage 3 (Circular Sensory-Motor Stage) characteristic of insects. We have created a higher order neural network that thinks, perceives, understands, predicts and manipulates better than insects. Our goal is to develop higher order stacked neural network that emulate the hierarchical complexity of the smartest people as measured by their behavioral-developmental stage. Such androids should even be able to design future androids smarter than any human.
 
 
Symposium #135
CE Offered: BACB
Providing Behavioral Services in Higher Education: Supporting Students, Faculty, and Administration
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom HI
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Katelyn Danielle Smith (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Benjamin N. Witts, Ph.D.
Abstract:

University enrollment and state support for public institutions have largely been trending downward for several years now. These downward trends mean that universities have less money and fewer resources to support their many programs and services. When resources are scarce, administrators are faced with difficult choices. The behavior analyst is uniquely situated in the higher education system to provide services that help support institutional goals and protect his or her discipline during difficult economic times. Curricular and pedagogical advancements through behavior analytic technologies help to strengthen the behaviorist's position within the university while simultaneously expanding the field. This symposium presents three areas of involvement where behavior analysts can provide meaningful contributions to student, program, and university growth. G. DeBernardis discusses ways in which behavior analytic undergraduate programming can promote student success while also growing our field. K. Kellum provides an overview of how to promote university-wide faculty success in meeting assessment and accreditation goals. B. Witts reviews how behavioral faculty can include graduate students in conducting assessments at the university to increase supports for non-traditional students.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): accreditation, curriculum, higher education, university
Target Audience:

Higher education instructors (faculty, professors, lecturers) Higher education administrators Graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will be able to 1) identify how faculty and administrators can contribute to student success in ABA and the field of ABA through undergraduate education, 2) identify how behavior analytic faculty can contribute to assessment and accreditation practices across the university, and 3) how graduate courses in ABA can be used to help graduate students get hands-on experience with behavioral assessments while contributing to university growth.
 
Fostering the Future: Promoting Behavior Science in Undergraduate Education
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The increased demand for behavior analysts has led to rapid growth within our field, yet a need remains for qualified practitioners at the bachelor’s level. Compounding this issue, there are few bachelor’s programs that offer specialized training in behavior analysis, and most programs in general psychology provide students with minimal exposure (if any) to behavior science. Given the need for behavior analysts at the bachelor’s level, more needs to be done to promote opportunities within behavior science in undergraduate education. This paper will review the current state of undergraduate training programs in our field, including the various ways students are formally exposed to behavior analysis in academia. This will include a review of the current state of undergraduate majors, specializations, coursework, and experiential learning opportunities in behavior analysis. Suggestions for implementing undergraduate training in behavior analysis and fostering the development of these programs will be outlined. In addition, the anticipated future growth of undergraduate education in behavior science will be discussed.
 

Nontraditional Students' Views of Their University at a Medium-Sized Midwest University

BENJAMIN N. WITTS (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

Higher education recognizes two general classifications of student: traditional and nontraditional. Traditional students are those students who transition immediately from secondary to post-secondary schooling. Nontraditional students are everyone else, and include undergraduate students over the age of 25, students who took time off between secondary and post-secondary schooling, and those students with dependents, to name a few. Nontraditional students are often overlooked by faculty and staff, disconnected with their university, and must endure additional hardships not experienced by their traditional student counterpart. This presentation outlines four assessments conducted at a medium-sized Midwest university that aimed to better understand how this broad population was being served at this university. While some results varied, the general conclusion across assessments was that this university is atypical when it comes to nontraditional student inclusion, belonging, and supports. I conclude with a discussion of how this information can be used to continue developing these supports and how it can be used for recruitment and retention efforts.

 
A Focus on Faculty Behavior: Influencing Institutional Effectiveness and Assessment Practices
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana, Lafayette)
Abstract: Many regional and field-specific accrediting agencies compel institutions to engage in institutional effectiveness or assessment practices. The specific requirements and language vary between these regulatory bodies, but they typically require a focus on student learning at program or institutional levels. Generally, each accrediting body mandates that programs/institutions define what students should learn, measure the extent to which such learning occurs, and use those data to make changes to the context of student learning. Most faculty are quite adept at developing and evaluating course assignments and examinations; however, few have direct experience doing so across a program of study or the institution. Yet, faculty are often asked to serve on assessment committees. The contextual influences for measuring student learning for class grades are likely quite different than those influencing measuring such learning for the purpose of program or institutional improvement. These different contexts likely require slightly different sets of faculty behavior. This paper reviews contextual changes made over the last 8 years to improve assessment practices at a large southern university and subsequent results as measured by correspondence to good assessment practices. The paper concludes with suggestions for contextual changes that may improve assessment behavior at other institutions.
 
 
Symposium #136
CE Offered: BACB
Police Academy Training and Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Marina Ballroom F
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Discussant: John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
CE Instructor: John O'Neill, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present data on applications of behavior analysis to police academy training. The first study involved a class of 54 police academy cadets exposed to training as usual with performance assessed at 7 and 15-week follow-up during the academy. Trainers and cadets were then provided performance feedback prior to a booster training that resulted in mastery-level performance. A post-academy follow-up test was conducted after 4 months of work in the field as a police officer. The second study involved a novel class of 46 police academy cadets exposed to behavioral skills training. Half of the class received video-modeling and the other half did not. Trainers and cadets were then provided performance feedback prior to a booster training that resulted in mastery-level performance. A post-academy follow-up test was conducted after 4 months of work in the field as a police officer. Results of both studies will be discussed in terms of implications for police academy training and the dissemination of behavior analysis to policing.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, Maintenance, Police, Video-modeling
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts who are interested in working with police.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn how to employ single-case designs in policing. Attendees will learn about the effectiveness of ABA in policing. Attendees will learn how to apply BST in policing.
 
Police Academy Training: The Effect of Performance Feedback
(Applied Research)
JOHN O'NEILL (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), Dawn O'Neill (Force Science Institute), Katelyn Weed (Minnesota State University Mankato), Emily Novak (Force Science Institute), William Spence (Force Science Institute), William Lewinski (Force Science Institute)
Abstract: A class of 54 police academy cadets was exposed to training as usual and performance was assessed at 7 and 15-week follow-up during the academy. Trainers and cadets were then provided performance feedback prior to a booster training that resulted in mastery-level performance. A post-academy follow-up test was conducted after 4 months of work in the field.
 
Police Academy Training: The Effect of Video Modeling
(Applied Research)
DAWN O'NEILL (Force Science Institute), John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), Katelyn Weed (Force Science Institute), Emily Novak (Force Science Institute), William Spence (Force Science Institute), William Lewinski (Force Science Institute)
Abstract: A novel class of 46 police academy cadets was exposed to behavioral skills training. Half of the class received video-modeling and the other half did not. Trainers and cadets were then provided performance feedback prior to a booster training that resulted in mastery-level performance. A post-academy follow-up test was conducted after 4 months of work in the field.
 
 
Symposium #137
CE Offered: BACB
Further Refinements in Defining and Teaching Compliant Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom B
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kristen Brogan (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Kristen Brogan, M.S.
Abstract:

Researchers have defined compliant and noncompliant behavior in several ways. For example, Cook, Rapp, and Schulze (2015) suggested that compliance can be broken down into two subtypes; active or passive. Active compliance involves a specific response requirement while passive involves teaching tolerance of a context. Treating compliant behavior may pose challenges unique to the type and function of the noncompliant counter-behavior. The current symposium will present three papers focused on refining the way behavior analysts define and treat compliance across diverse populations. The first paper focuses on a specific type of compliance, quiet compliance, and how it may be taught to typically developing adjudicated adolescents who receive treatment in secure residential facilities. Results showed that using a differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) procedure to treat quiet compliance as its own unique behavior was effective for seven adjudicated adolescents. The second paper compared the delivery of positive reinforcement and negative reinforcement to treat escape-maintained behavior. Results suggested that the positive reinforcement condition was most effective to reduce problem behavior. The third paper compared the efficacy of time based or completion based structured schedules. Researchers will discuss results with respect to individual differences.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts

 
Increasing Quiet Compliance by Detained Male Adolescents
KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Amanda Niedfeld (Auburn University), Jodi Coon (Auburn University), Jan Everhart Newman (Auburn University), Barry Burkhart (Auburn University)
Abstract: Some adjudicated adolescents receive treatment for their offenses in residential facilities. Detained adolescents’ engagement in either low levels of compliant behavior or excess behavior (e.g., swearing, gestures) while following commands from residential personnel may result in decreased opportunities for those youth to access preferred activities. The current study employed nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants designs to evaluate the effects of a procedure to increase seven detained adolescents’ quiet compliance with academic and vocational demands. Results show that problem behavior decreased to zero or near-zero levels for each participant during simulated conditions and suggest that self-control, alone or in combination with a differential reinforcement of low rate behavior for omitting problem behavior, may have been responsible for the behavior changes. We discuss some clinical implications of the findings.
 

Further Evaluation of Positive Versus Negative Reinforcement to Treat Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape

JAMES BEVACQUA (Nemours Children's Hospital), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Nga Luong (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Previous research has found that problem behavior maintained by escape can be successfully treated using the delivery of preferred items contingent upon compliance, in the absence of escape extinction. In the current study, we compared the delivery of positive reinforcement (a nonfunctional intervention) to negative reinforcement (a functional intervention) to treat escape-maintained problem behavior (i.e., aggression, self-injury) among three children with intellectual disabilities. We evaluated two positive reinforcement conditions: one in which a preferred edible item was delivered contingent upon compliance and one in which a preferred tangible item was delivered contingent upon compliance. Escape extinction was not used. Results suggest that the positive reinforcement condition in which a preferred tangible item was delivered contingent upon compliance was most effective to reduce problem behavior.

 

An Evaluation of Impact of Time- and Product-Based Work Requirements on Instructional Performance

MAGGIE ANN MOLONY (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Meara McMahon (University of Georgia), Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research)
Abstract:

The use of structured schedules is one antecedent-based strategy that can be helpful in reducing problem behavior and increasing compliance exhibited by students with autism spectrum and other developmental and intellectual disorders. While this approach is an often-used strategy, it is possible that variations in its implementation may contribute to individual success. In the current investigation, the work portions of a structured schedule were implemented in two distinct manners. In one arrangement, work was presented for a fixed amount of time (e.g., 5 min). In a second arrangement, a specific amount of work (e.g., one worksheet) was presented to the student. Work ended when either the time criterion was met or the work requirement was met in the respective conditions. The relative effects of the two work requirement conditions were evaluated using single subject reversal experimental design. Data were collected on problem behavior and compliance exhibited across work arrangements. Results are discussed with respect to individual differences that may contribute to the relative success or failure of this type of antecedent-based intervention.

 
 
Panel #139
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
A Behavior Analyst Guide to Self-Care
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Seaport Ballroom C
Area: PRA/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Karen Chung, M.A.
Chair: Bahijah D. Sheibanee (Bedrock Clinic & Research Center; Rider University)
KAREN CHUNG (Special Learning, Inc.)
ANA ELISA ESCALANTE (BehaviorMe)
NICOLE J. POSTMA (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.)
Abstract:

Self-care is a term discussed scarcely enough in psychological practice, but is rarely discussed among behavior analytic practitioners. Trauma, burnout, and compassion fatigue are widely studied in other fields similar to behavior analysis. These concepts have significant impacts on client care and therapist well-being, so why aren't we discussing this more often? This panel aims to discuss these concepts in behavior analytic practice and further the discussion on a potentially ugly but necessary truth of behavior analytic practitioners.

Target Audience:

Our target audience are BCBA's that are seeking to learn more about the important components of self-care in our field and how to embed as part of being a practitioner and supervisor.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel discussion the audience should be able to : 1) Identify possible trauma in their supervisees 2) Identify possible trauma in themselves 3) Understand how to place the appropriate antecedent interventions in place to prevent burn out.
Keyword(s): self-care, ethics
 
 
Invited Panel #140
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Behavioral Economics and Public Policy: A Panel With Discussion
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, San Diego Ballroom B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Matthew W. Johnson, Ph.D.
Panelists: MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University), BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University)
Abstract:

This session is coupled with, and immediately follows, a SQAB tutorial on Behavioral Economics and Public Policy presented by Dr. Steven Hursh. Panelists will be asked to speak briefly about their research program and to bring questions designed to foster discussion with audience members. The goal is to generate ideas and collaborative efforts among basic, translational, and applied scientists. The tutorial and panel discussion has arisen because the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), an organization that emphasizes fundamental sciences related to behavior analysis, meets immediately before ABAI. The tandem meetings of these two organizations present opportunities for attendees to hear about core sciences related to behavior analysis. The SQAB tutorials have provided an excellent spur for such discussions but we (SQAB and ABAI's Science Board) wish to take this a step further. This panel discussion, which represents a partnership between SQAB and ABAI, will create a setting in which basic and applied scientists, as well as practitioners, can meet to discuss applications of the topics raised in a SQAB tutorial.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe behavioral economic principles; (2) link basic behavioral economic ideas to practical solutions; (3) provide examples of behavioral economic solutions to policy-level concerns.
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute)
Mikhail Koffarnus received his Ph.D. from the University of Michigan and completed a postdoctoral fellowship at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. He is currently a Research Assistant Professor at the Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute. Dr. Koffarnus' research focuses on understanding drug abuse and developing drug abuse treatments from a behavioral economic perspective. Decision-making processes are often disrupted in drug users, leading to a systematic preference for immediately available rewards like drugs over delayed rewards like improved health or gainful employment. His active areas of research aim to understand and counteract this pattern, and include the use of technology to facilitate contingency management interventions, the neural correlates of risky and impulsive decision making, and the abuse liability of cigarettes and other nicotine products. Additionally, he has served on the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology.
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D., is a Professor at Oregon Health & Science University (OHSU) in the Department of Behavioral Neuroscience, with secondary appointments in Psychiatry and in the Oregon Institute for Occupational health Science. She obtained her B.Sc. and M.Sc. degrees at the University of Hull, England and her Ph.D. at SUNY-Stony Brook, USA. Her dissertation focused on the economics of foraging behavior of rats, examining the role of the energetic costs and benefits in feeding. Her committee was chaired by Howard Rachlin, whose influence made her sensitive to the role of temporal costs as well as energetic costs in determining the value of food rewards. During a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Chicago, Dr. Mitchell worked with Harriet de Wit, Ph.D. using behavioral economics as an explanation for use of alcohol, nicotine/cigarettes, and amphetamine in humans. During that time she also began collaborating with Jerry Richards, Ph.D. on delay discounting studies with rats. Following her postdoctoral work, Dr. Mitchell was an assistant professor at the University of New Hampshire, where she continued to explore recreational drug use using behavioral economic models. She moved her lab to OHSU in 2001 from the University of New Hampshire to devote more time to research, particularly looking into why drug users tend to be more impulsive than non-drug users using human and animal models. Most recently she has returned to her earlier interests in energetic costs and her research has increased its scope to include effort-related decision-making in clinical populations. She has received funding from various NIH institutes (NHLBI, NIAAA, NIDA and NIH), has served on several study sections as a member and as an ad hoc participant, and has received awards for education and mentoring.
BETHANY R. RAIFF (Rowan University)
Dr. Raiff graduated from the University of Florida in 2008 with her PhD in Psychology, with an emphasis in Behavioral Pharmacology. She worked as a principal investigator for four years at the National Development and Research Institutes, Inc. before moving to the Department of Psychology at Rowan University, where she is now an Associate Professor. Dr. Raiff's primary research interests include developing and evaluating the integration of technological innovations with behavioral economic interventions for promoting healthy behavior. Dr. Raiff is currently developing two video games which use a contingency management intervention with nonmonetary incentives to encourage people to quit smoking. In addition to her work on smoking cessation, Dr. Raiff has also evaluated technology-delivered behavioral interventions for improving diabetes management and physical activity. Dr. Raiff was the 2015 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award for Applied Research, from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She holds a vested interest in developing cost-effective, scalable, and sustainable treatments, using the principles of behavioral economics, to address many of society’s unhealthy behaviors.
 
 
Panel #141
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: An Introduction to Peer Review: Insights From the ABAI Journal Editors
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Harbor Ballroom D-F
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D.
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
MARK DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

This panel discussion is intended for graduate students and beginning academicians who are relatively new to the process of peer review and publishing. This panel will feature editors of the four ABAI journals, including The Behavior Analyst, The Psychological Record, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. The panel will provide an overview of the aims and missions of each of the four journals, along with a showcase of recent representative publications and special projects. The panel will also discuss the peer review process and share insights for those just getting started as journal reviewers and contributors. Tips and strategies to promote success among newer authors and reviewers will be shared. A former ABAI journal editor will moderate the discussion.

Target Audience:

Graduate students and beginning academics

Learning Objectives: 1. Become familiar with the mission of the ABAI journals 2. Learn strategies for becoming successful as a peer reviewer 3. Learn strategies for becoming successful as a journal author
 
 
Symposium #143
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior Interventions to Establish Abstraction of Rule-Governed Algorithms in Teaching Number, Language, and Problem-Solving Skills
Saturday, May 26, 2018
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Manchester Grand Hyatt, Grand Hall B
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Crystal Lo (Verbal Behavior Associates)
CE Instructor: Derek Jacob Shanman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analyst working in education research effective and efficient teaching interventions and tactics to increase learner skill acquisition and generalization across areas of development. However, a learner?s ability to demonstrate the skill during instruction is not sufficient; for a skill to be considered truly in one?s repertoire, the individual must be able to acquire the correct source of environmental control over the learned responses and be able to emit these responses in the natural environment or under novel conditions. In addition, behavior analysts are interested in identifying instructional procedures that result in the emission of generative behavior; much research has demonstrated the efficacy of providing certain instructional histories (i.e., multiple exemplar experiences) on the production of novel verbal behavior. In this symposium, we present 3 studies on instructional procedures that have resulted in better acquisition rates or the emergence of untaught behaviors: 1) the implementation of a rule-governed error correction procedure on the acquisition of textual responses to numbers, 2) multiple exemplar instruction across autoclitic frames on the emergence of novel combinations of autoclitics emitted in tacts and 3) a multiple exemplar training package on the behavior of seeking help and resolving conflicts in novel social situations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCaBAs, educators, or related service providers (e.g., speech therapists) working with individuals with autism, other developmental disabilities, or with language delays

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Assess for problem solving and asking-for help repertoires, and implement an instructional procedure to target teaching these repertoires. 2) Explain abstraction and list at least one instructional intervention that results in abstraction of skills. 3) Describe the difference between 1) role-governed error correction procedures vs. traditional error correction procedures 2) rate training as an instructional tactic, and 3) identify the most efficient and effective instructional method for student acquisition of numeric textual responses.
 

Following the Rules: The Effects of a Rule Governed Correction Procedure on Acquisition of Untaught Number Names

(Applied Research)
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Katie Jenkins (Nicholls State University; Behavioral Intervention Group)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts and educators are constantly looking for more efficient methods of acquiring new skills. Curricula, programs of instruction, and behavioral tactics are all methods by which instructors can facilitate faster learning. Recent studies have begun to look at the effects of different types of correction procedures on rates of learning for different types of skills. Preliminary findings suggest that different correction procedures have different effects depending on the level of verbal behavior of the learner and the presented task. The current study is the first of an intended three part series of studies to look at the effects of a rule governed error correction procedure on the acquisition of numeric textual responses. This study was conducted with seven 2-year old participants, three with a diagnosis and four without. A multiple probe design was used to test for the effectiveness of the error correction procedure. While the study is ongoing, previous results have shown this to be an effective tactic in acquiring this skill. We will discuss results, limitations, and future studies including the relative efficiency of the tactic, and the role of rate training as compared to rule-governed corrections, and “traditional” error correction procedures.

 

The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction Across Autoclitic Frames on the Emission of Functional Autoclitic Tacts

(Applied Research)
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Crystal Lo (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract:

We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across relational autoclitic frames on the emergent emission of untaught combinations of autoclitics in speech using a delayed multiple probe design across participants. Participants in this study were pre-school aged children with language delays who emitted high instances of non-functional (grammatically incorrect) autoclitics (e.g., saying "Boy boy dog dog" or "He has a dog" in response to a 2D stimulus of 2 boys walking multiple dogs) when emitting tacts. During MEI intervention, the experimenters rotated instructional trials across the target relational autoclitics: demonstrative pronouns, possessive adjectives, subject pronouns, verb tense, and singular vs. plural nouns. The following combinations and responses were taught to a pre-established mastery criterion: 1) subjective pronoun and verb tense (e.g., they are painting), 2) Possessive adjectives and singular or plural noun (e.g., Her balloons), and 3) Demonstrative pronouns and singular or plural nouns (e.g., Those are backpacks). Post-intervention assessment results for the current two participants showed an overall increase in emission of functional autoclitics, untaught combinations of autoclitics (e.g. she is holding her dog, or, Those are her pumpkins), and decreased emission of non-functional autoclitics across both participants. This study is on-going; we are currently working on implementing the MEI procedure with additional participants.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Problem Solving Skills: A Training Package

(Applied Research)
LYNN YUAN (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract:

Many children with Autism lack problem solving skills in social situations as well as in daily life routines. Previous research have implemented video modeling as a tactic to teach a variety of skills in children with Autism, however, some studies have shown that video modeling alone do not facilitate generalization. A multiple probe design across four participants and across two behaviors were used in this study. Participants were preschoolers with Autism who displayed none or a few problem solving skills in baseline. A training package consisted of (1) accurately tacting multiple exemplars of case scenarios in video clips, (2) choosing an appropriate solution to the problem, and (3) demonstrating the chosen solution in active role play was implemented to test its effects on seeking help behavior in daily routine and resolving conflict in social situations. Results showed that after the training package, all participants showed an increase in their correct responding. Generalization probes were also conducted and the results were consistent with the post-training results.

 
 
Special Event #144
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Presidential Scholar Address: Evolution and Contextual Behavioral Science: An Integrated Framework for Understanding, Predicting, and Influencing Human Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2018
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, Grand Ballroom 7-13
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
CE Instructor: Michael J. Dougher, Ph.D.
 

Evolution and Contextual Behavioral Science: An Integrated Framework for Understanding, Predicting, and Influencing Human Behavior

Abstract:

The study of evolution in relation to human affairs lags behind the study of evolution in biology by about a century. During this period, the many basic and applied human-related disciplines developed into sophisticated bodies of knowledge that were poorly integrated with each other or with evolutionary theory. That is now rapidly changing. I will provide a broad overview of the integration in progress and how it can lead to positive intentional change at all scales, from individuals to the planet.

 
DAVID SLOAN WILSON (Binghamton University)
 
David Sloan Wilson is SUNY Distinguished Professor of Biology and Anthropology at Binghamton University and President of the Evolution Institute, a nonprofit organization that formulates public policy from an evolutionary perspective. He has made foundational contributions to evolutionary theory and is widely credited for helping to revive Multilevel Selection Theory, which explains how adaptations can evolve (or fail to evolve) at any level of a multi-tier hierarchy of biological or human social units. He has also been influential in expanding the study of evolution beyond the biological sciences to include all aspects of humanity, both inside and outside the Ivory Tower. His books include Darwin's Cathedral: Evolution, Religion, and the Nature of Society (2002), Evolution for Everyone: How Darwin's Theory Can Change the Way We Think About Our Lives (2007), The Neighborhood Project: Using Evolution to Improve my City, One Block at a Time (2011), and Does Altruism Exist? Culture, Genes, and the Welfare of Others (2015). His next book, titled This View of Life: Completing the Darwinian Revolution and Evolving the Future, will be published in 2019.
 
Target Audience:

The presentation is targeted to a broad applied behavioral science audience.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the complex history of psychological and social thought during the 20th century; (2) discuss the conceptual unification in progress; (3) discuss how the unification can be applied to real-world positive change efforts.
 
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}